Home

2007 Infiniti G35 Sedan Owners Manual

1. 5 8 Before starting the ENSine ccccecceceecescees 5 9 Starting the ENSiNe ccccececcececceceececcececees 5 9 Driving the Vehicle cccececcececcecescececceccs 5 10 Automatic tranSMiSSION ccscecceceeceeees 5 10 Manual transmission ccececeececcececcecs 5 15 Parkim DI AKC pscsssideaxsscavoxexoxswccusesenesasocenouceusenens 5 16 CUSE COMO ccsstsnccecdccacareccasscdadacncedaasescacwacasaese 5 17 Precautions on cruise control cceeee 5 17 Cruise control Operations ccccececeeees 5 18 Intelligent cruise control ICC system if so CQUID DCU ieni 5 19 Selecting the vehicle to vehicle distance control MOde e esssssssseeeseeeesscesescceeseceeeseceee 5 20 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 5 21 Precautions on vehicle to vehicle distance control mode cece ccc ece ccc eececcceccecccecceccs 5 21 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode OCT AO secs esses se EA 5 23 Conventional fixed speed cruise control MOTE oei aai 5 36 Preview function for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models 5 41 Break in schedule cccccesceccceccecccscceccences 5 41 Increasing fuel economMV ssssssssssseesoeesseesoeeo 5 41 All wheel drive AWD if so equipped 5 42 Parking parking On hills cccececeececeeeees 5 44 Power steering cvcccdccnscsasdeacsscadccsasenscdessaccnasane
2. 9 9 LATCH SYSTEM vctisiicrssvansncvosseveciaawereastvisancnnaadounes 1 18 License plate Installing front license plate 9 12 10 4 Light Air bag warning light essseeseeessreseeseeeseee 1 49 Bulb replacement ssessseessssessssessssesssecess 8 25 Fog light switch seeesseeesseeesseeessecessecesseces 2 39 Headlight switch essseessesesesseesscessceseesseens 2 35 Headlights bulb replacement 006 8 26 Indicator lights esesesseesscessesseeserersreseceseee 2 18 Interior light control switch esssssssesseesseens 2 57 Interior lights eesseesssessesseeesrcesscsseeseeereeess 2 56 Map lights oxsusiastnseiandeatabesnancotaiasaavsadaneiaawer 2 56 Personal lights sssesseessssseeesecessesseesseeseeess 2 57 Replacement s sssssssssssesssessssssosssessssesssseess 8 25 Trunk WE steed ecco ranametemnae eminent 2 58 Vanity mirror lights wxceiicvexsesciorencnsesuesiaaeces 2 58 Warning indicator lights and audible reminderS sesseeesseeesseeesseeesseeesseeesseessseeese 2 14 Xenon headlights sssesessesseeseeesecessesseessee 2 34 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement sssssssesssesseesseosscosscoseesssossecoseesseo 8 26 Loading information See vehicle loading information scxinvandavandasoddusdidadexsanoxcasexissexsianxiaads 9 13 Lock DOOF LOCKS sscssessanexsatdsanierateaeainteeananaieaeneaetenn 3 5 Glove box lOCK essseeesseeessecessecessecesseesssee 2 48 Power door lOC
3. e Do not include the T type spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Tire rotation 18 inch tire models Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle as front tires are a different size from rear tires and the direction of the wheel rotation is fixed for each tire A pin is on the front brake rotor to pre vent the rear wheels from being in Stalled in place of the front wheels The Spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When install ing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor 4A WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet MDIO004B 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage 4A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bulging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have
4. 4A WARNING For AWD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine run ning Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle move ment which could result in serious ve hicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal in jury 4X CAUTION Do not operate the engine on a free roller when any of the wheels are raised If the warning light comes on while driv ing there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible The power train may be damaged if you continue driving with the warning light blinking rapidly Starting and driving 5 43 PARKING PARKING ON HILLS 4A WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle
5. 5 36 Starting and driving Type B SSD0624 SSD0625 Sensor maintenance The sensor for the ICC system A is lo cated below the front bumper To keep the ICC system operating prop erly be sure to observe the following Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or re move the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or mal function If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an ac cessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction CONVENTIONAL FIXED SPEED CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed be tween 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accel erator pedal 4A WARNING In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead as neither the pres ence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle to vehicle distance is detected Pay special attention to the distance be tween your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur Always confirm the setting in the Intelli gent Cruise Control system display Do not use the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode when driving under the following cond
6. BREAK IN SCHEDULE CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and re duced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at con stant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear e Avoid quick starts e Avoid hard braking as much as pos sible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY e Accelerate slowly and smoothly Main tain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position e Drive at moderate speeds on the high way e Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak ing Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles e Select a gear range suitable to road conditions e Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling e Keep your engine tuned up e Follow the recommended periodic maintenance schedule e Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure Improper tire pressure will increase wear and waste fuel e Make sure the front wheels are prop erly aligned Improper alignment will cause premature tire wear and lower fuel economy e Climate control operation lowers fuel economy Use the air conditioner only when necessary e When cruising at highway speeds it is Starting and driving 5 41 more economical to use the air co
7. Pushing the MODE manual air flow con trol button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventilators vw Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets wv Air flows mainly from foot outlets Wee Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button 4 28 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Ay PWN Type B AUTO automatic climate control ON button Temperature control dial Air flow control button g Fan speed control dial OFF button oy front defroster button Gy rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section gt intake air control button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL TYPE B Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indi cator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Use the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow dist
8. Search Albums Displays a list of albums in order of the date when they were stored in the system Selecting an album displays all of the tracks on the album and starts playing the first track Select the Sort key to re sort albums in one of the following order Rec Re corded Date Name Release Year Art ist Search Song Details Set the conditions and select the Start Song Search key to search for a desired song that is stored in the system The conditions are as follows Music Tempo All Slow Normal and Fast Decade All 70s 80s 90s 00s and 710s and After Group All Male Artist Female Artist Group and Duo Category Rock Pop Latin Jazz R amp B Hip Hop Club Dance Punk Reggae Folk Blues Country Metal Easy Lis tening New Age Soundtrack Gospel amp Religious World Classical Chil dren s and Other Search Keywords Input a search keyword using the key pad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Edit Albums Select a category Rec Recorded Date Name Released Year and Artist and edit the details using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section 4 50 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box System Info Displays the following information about the Music Box audio system a Music Box Used Free Space I
9. Choose either the 12 hour clock display or the 24 hour clock display Offset Adjust Adjust the time by increasing or de creasing per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following e Pacific e Mountain e Central e Eastern e Atlantic e Newfoundland e Hawaii e Aleutian e Alaska Settings gt Comfort amp Conv E 5 2 E Auto Interior Illumination 3 Auto Headlights Sensitivity O000 E Auto Headlights Off Delay OCD JE Speed Sensing Wiper Interval E Selective Door Unlock Comfort amp Conv settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Comfort amp Conv key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 E Settings gt Comfort amp Conv AE l E Selective Door Unlock 0 oN 0 oN JE Intelligent Key Lock Unlock 0 oN 0 oN JE Lift Steering Wheel on Exit 0 oN 0 oN JE Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit on on E Return All Settings to Default 9 9 interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked Auto Headlights Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of th
10. During a call later in this section for more in formation Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 e a PHONE END Push the button to cancel a VR session or end a call Getting started The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with INFINITI Voice Recog nition For additional command options refer to List of voice commands later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French See How to use SETTING button earlier in this section to change the language Pairing procedure Main menu Setup A Pair Phone New Phone Initiate from handset D Name phone Assign priority F Choose ringtone G 1 Push the button on the steering wheel The system announces the available commands 2 Say Setup A The system acknowl edges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Pair phone 8 The system ac knowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available com mands 4 Say New phone The system ac knowledges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset 0 When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellu 4 70 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems
11. Instruments and controls 2 9 If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 com plete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the N switch A while the igni tion switch is in the ON position 2 10 Instruments and controls Zone variation change procedure The difference between magnetic north and geographical north is known as vari ance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these in structions to set the variance for your par ticular location if this happens 1 Push the N switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display 2 Find your current location and vari ance number on the zone map M y 3 Push the N switch repeatedly until the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds e If the compass deviates from the cor rect indication soon after repeated ad justment have the compass checked at an INFINITI dealer e The compass may not indicate the cor rect compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct SIC0611B
12. JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see Jump starting in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact an INFINITI dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM 4 amp CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will by pass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the en gine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system mea sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage gen erated by the generator 1 PWN DRIVE BELTS Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor w Tension checking points 4A WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position The unexpectedly engine could rotate Visually inspect each belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or loose ness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by an INFINITI dealer Have the belts checked regularly for condition in accordance with the main tenance schedule in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 SPARK PLUGS 4A WARNING Be sure the engine is off ignition switch is in the LOCK position and that the parking b
13. Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 6 range 4 If the oil level is below 2 remove the oil filler cap and pour rec ommended oil through the opening Do not overfill G Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of op erating conditions AX CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Oper ating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine and such dam age is not covered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance intervals shown in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be at tached to the jack stand saddle Remove the plastic engine undercover a Remove the small plastic clip at the center point of the undercover b Then remove the other bolts that _ Two wheel drive 2WD models hold the undercover in place Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the A
14. Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as pos sible from the paint surface to avoid last ing damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at an INFINITI dealer or automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing underbody and suspension corrosion Before the winter period and again in the spring the under seal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A amp A CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defogger elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road Salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed AX CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners
15. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and re paired by an INFINITI dealer Replace the battery as follows 1 Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the me chanical key Insert a flat blade screwdriver wrapped with a cloth into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Replace the battery with a new one Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as it could cause a malfunction Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent Make sure that the G side faces the bottom of the case The mark is stamped on the bottom of the case 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Push the buttons two or three times to check its operation See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as sistance for replacement 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself If the battery is removed for any reason other than replacement perform step 5 above e Becareful not to touch the circuit board and the battery terminal as it could cause a malfunction e An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal e When changing batteries do not let dust or oil get on the Intelli
16. Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 7 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 6 Front facing step 4 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Front facing step 6 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold child restraint near the LATCH attachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the anchor at tachments to further tighten the child restraint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child re 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental r
17. The system recites the phone book en tries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system ends the VR session You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session BC an as w OO C S amp Exit Phone Mode me Exit Phone Mode Memo pad The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6 voice memos each up to 20 seconds long 66 P lay The system plays back all the memos in the order of newest to oldest The system ends the VR session If there are no memos recorded the system announces No messages to play The system ends the VR session Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 Record The system announces Recording and a tone sounds signaling you to begin Speak the information you wish to record clearly When you are done press the WC orea button on the steering wheel A tone sounds and the system announces Memo recorded Another tone sounds to end the VR session If the memo pad is full the system asks if you wish to record over the oldest memo Delete The Delete command erases all memos The system asks you to confirm this ac tion before deleting all memos Phone Setup m Y E7 ll Pair Phone lll Change Priority Mf List Phones 4 Delete Phone ll Select Phone Milf Select Ring tone me Exit Ph
18. ssesssessooosessesoossssssoo 2 39 Fog light switCh sssesesssecosssssssssssssseesse 2 39 Hazard warning flasher Switch cceceeee 2 40 Laia a ccsceesiccencsawecces E EET TETT TTT 2 40 Heated seats if so equipped ccececeeeee 2 41 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 2 42 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch 2 42 COCK erar AT 2 43 Adjusting the time ccccecescececceceeees 2 43 Power MUM asks saci ann 2 44 Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS ceceeees 2 45 FIOM cacctasctasd E EE ET E E 2 45 KOE ee A 2 45 Sragen EE E SS 2 46 Cup holde E coccsssccocsosscessesceeuswscentaosscetanieost 2 46 Sunglasses holder cceeeeceeceeceeceecees 2 48 Glove DX arcs cde sedecase no rcesevectccestaseuees 2 48 Console DOX sssssssssesseeescoeescocessceeesoceesseeeee 2 49 Rear armrest pocket seesseesseesseesseesooe 2 50 Card holder cncsccnassdacicaceteacsssostadesceecsseasiases 2 50 Coat OOK S a scecapescccateacaticsttodosncnceenestadenaceats 2 51 COT BO INCL E TE E A E 2 51 Trunk net for extra window washer fluid Canada OMY vssivicacsicvnctsracnsesccvsiwaawwaaetecontves 2 51 TIO S ceciren 2 52 Power wInNndOWS sssssssessssosescccescceeesseeeesceee 2 52 Sunroof if so equipped sssesosssosssosssossse 2 54 Automatic SUnroOOf ssssessseeesceeessceesceceesceee 2 54 Interior UghtS vccsavessassevesinacsanesecaccssavsisesseweniees 2 56
19. 16 Cruise indicator Cruise main switch indicator The indicator is displayed when the cruise control main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indi cator disappears When the cruise control main switch indicator is displayed the cruise control system is operational Cruise set switch indicator The indicator is displayed while the ve hicle speed is controlled by the cruise control system If the indicator blinks while the engine is running it may indi cate that the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section for details 17 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system indicator if so equipped Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system MAIN switch indicator The indicator is displayed when the Intel ligent Cruise Control ICC system main switch is pushed When the main switch is pushed again the indicator disappears While the main switch indicator is dis played the ICC system is operational Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system set switch indicator The indicator is displayed on while the ve hicle speed is controlled by the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system If the indi cator blinks while the engine is running it may indicate that the ICC system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer See INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL
20. 5 lar phone operate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cel lular phone See the cellular phone Owners Manual for details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on pairing INFINITI rec ommended cellular phones The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is paired and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system asks you to assign a prior ity level The priority level deter mines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle Follow the in structions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on changing pri orities 7 The system will ask if you would like to select a custom ringtone Follow the instructions provided by the system or refer to Setup later in this section for more information on se lecting ringtones Making a call by entering a phone number Main menu Call A Number speak digits Dial 1 Push the wf button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call a The system acknowl edges the
21. Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 58 Audio system P 4 32 7 Center display P 4 3 Navigation sys tem if so equipped 8 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 40 9 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 35 10 Fuse box cover P 8 22 11 Parking brake Parking P 5 44 12 Push button ignition switch P 5 7 13 Automatic climate control system P 4 25 14 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays P 2 45 et aioe aaa 15 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 41 16 SNOW mode switch if so equipped 1 Side ventilator P 4 25 5 Clock P 2 43 P 2 42 2 Meters and gauges P 2 6 6 ee ier a rea panel 17 CompactFlash card slot if so Navigation system if s i 3 Center ventilator P 4 25 R r equipped P 4 44 4 Audio system P 4 32 Vehicle information and setting buttons P 4 9 0 8 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES 18 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defogger switch P 2 33 19 Glove box lid release handle P 2 48 20 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 18 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 1 Tachometer P 2 8 5 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 13 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 21 3 Speedometer P 2 7 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 8 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT VQ35HR ENGI
22. FCC Regulatory information 1 2 CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regulations Operation is subject to the following two conditions this device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the de vice IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference in cluding interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regu lations Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licenced to Xanavi Informatics Corpora tion J Bluetooth Settings gt Phone B Downloaded Phonebook JE Automatic Hold JE Use Vehicle Ringtone TELLG 2 O ON Cc U O ON JE Delete Call Logs J Bluetooth Setup 4m o w Q zZ o MODELS WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM Pairing procedure 1 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using the INFINITI controller Then push the ENTER button Select the Bluetooth Setup key and
23. TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The system also displays pressure of all tires except the spare tire on the display by sending a signal from a sensor that is in stalled in each wheel If the vehicle is be ing driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details refer to Warning indicator lights and audible re minders in the 2 Instruments and con trols section and Tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 4A WARNING If the low tire pressure warning light illu minates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneu vers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as pos sible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recom mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information lab
24. The indicator light for the pushed memory switch will stay on for ap proximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted For manual transmission models the memory positions can be stored even when the engine is running In this case move the shift lever to the N Neutral po sition and apply the parking brake Then repeat steps 2 through 4 Linking Intelligent Key to a stored memory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow the steps for storing a memory position 2 While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illumi nated for 5 seconds push the g button on the Intelligent Key If the indicator light blinks the Intelli gent Key is linked to that memory set ting Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion and press the gg button on the In telligent Key The driver s seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for ap proximately 0 5 seconds When the memory has stored in position the in dicator light will stay on for approxi mately 5 seconds If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canc
25. in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section 2 Low continuous low speed opera tion 3 High continuous high speed opera tion Push the lever up 4 to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also oper ate several times REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH Type A To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch 4 on The indicator light 2 will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approxi mately 15 minutes AX CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear win dow be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster Instruments and controls 2 33 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS 4A WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they pro duce a high voltage To prevent an elec tric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at an_ INFINITI dealer e Xenon headlights provide considerably more light than conventional head lights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an on coming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If head lights are not aimed correctly immedi ately take your vehicle to an INFINITI d
26. ing and also add it to the reservoir tank up to the MAX level 4 Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant Tighten the cap securely after adding en gine coolant If the cooling system requires coolant fre quently have it checked by an INFINITI dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Contact an INFINITI dealer if replacement is required e Major cooling system repairs should be performed by an INFINITI dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual e Improper servicing can result in re duced heater performance and engine overheating 4A WARNING To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the en gine is hot Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator Avoid direct skin contact with used cool ant If skin contact is made wash thor oughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets ENGINE OIL CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operat ing temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the
27. jury Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps i Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse position Manual transmission mod els Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the climate control Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed 3 If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approxi mately 1 500 rpm until the tempera ture gauge indication returns to normal 4 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen 5 Open the engine hood 4A WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned 6 Visually check if the cooling fan is run ning The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine 4A WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands h
28. s Manual for details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from INFINITI recommended cel lular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if you would like to store another location for the same name If you do not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session 4 74 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 66 Ed it Use the Edit command to alter an existing phone book entry or to add a 2nd 3rd or 4th phone number to an existing entry When prompted by the system say the name of the entry you wish to edit The system acknowledges the name and asks you for the location you would like to edit Say the name of the location The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice com mand For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers ear lier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to ini tiate the transfer from the phone hand
29. using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely af fected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CAUTION e Do not use tire chains on dry roads e Never install tire chains on a T type spare tire as this could damage your ve hicle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation except 18 inch tire models INFINITI recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km except 18 in tire models See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to the specification at all times It is rec ommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval 4A WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc
30. 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the In telligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and con trols section and Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section DOORS 4A WARNING Always have the doors locked while driv ing Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended children could become involved in se rious accidents LOCKING WITH METAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle 4 will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle 2 will unlock the driver s door After re turning the key to the neutral position G turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors Pre driving che
31. D Drive DS Drive Sport or Manual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the se lector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC posi tion 1 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake then gradually start the vehicle in motion AA WARNING e Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neu tral to R Reverse D Drive DS Drive Sport or manual shift mode Always de press the brake pedal until shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident e Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up e On slippery roads do not downshift This may cause a loss of control e Never shift to P Park or R Reverse while vehicle is moving forward Never shift to P Park D Drive or DS Drive Sport while vehicle is moving rearward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident 4X CA
32. ICC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section for details MAINTENANCE ENGINE OIL MAINTENANCE amp OIL FILTER MAINTENANCE G3 TIRE MAINTENANCE s OTHER INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See Trip Computer later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See Trip Computer later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See Trip Computer later in this section 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See Trip Computer later in this section Instruments and controls 2 25 More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See How to use INFO button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recogni OUTSIDE TEMP tion systems section 00 F SETTING gt ALERT gt MAINTENANCE MPH gt DISPLAY MENTER NEXT W
33. Net Cargo net eseseeseseosessosessosessosessosessosessose 2 51 New vehicle break in cccsssccsssccesceeesceeeecs 5 41 0 Odometer scesiisssissiissresesn diniers siese Saepke tours 2 7 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants esssessessssssecosscssceseeeseeosecoseesseereeee 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter 8 10 Checking engine oil level eeeccceeeeeee 8 9 PSUS Oleo sees 8 9 Engine oil viscosity siis lt sian sions sicansiaduciasicsaneses 9 5 Operation Indicators for operation dot MAD sages cates teen isece EEEE EE E 2 23 Outside MitTOTS eesseeesseeeeseeesseeesseeossseessseesssee 3 25 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 4 6 10 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information esssseessseesssecsssecessecessecessecesseesesse 9 20 P Parking Brake break in eeesseeesseeosseeossecossecesseees 5 46 Parking brake operation sssseessseessseessseess 5 16 Parking on illS sssesseesseeessseesssessssesssseee 5 44 Personal lightS esssseeseeessesecesecorsrcsscessesseesseees 2 57 Phone Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 58 Car phone or CB radio asisaxetecceiccenssceeicctones 4 58 Power Front seat adjustment sssesssseessseesssscssssees 1 2 Power door lOCK eessesssseessseesssecssssessseessseeo 3 5 Power outlet ssesieisceni cina 2 44 Power steering fluid ssssscussaanssadasasdnseaensonends 8 12 Power steering system essseeseesse
34. Park Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Automatic Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for profes sional road assistance MCE0001A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally oppo site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up 4A WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire 4A WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your ve hicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is designed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change Jacking tools Getting the spare tire and tools e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack sup port Raise the trunk floor cover A using the tab A Remove jacking tools located inside the i trunk as illustrated e Never jack
35. Type A Type B REAR ARMREST POCKET CARD HOLDER Type B The pocket can store a first aid kit or Type A Pull the sun visor down 1 and slide a other small items card A in the card holder Insert a card A in the holder 2 50 Instruments and controls COAT HOOKS The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear personal lights 4A CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 lb 1 kg on the hook CARGO NET The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo area from moving around while your vehicle is driven To install the cargo net attach the hooks to the retainers A AX CAUTION Avoid keeping heavy objects in the net TRUNK NET FOR EXTRA WINDOW WASHER FLUID Canada only The trunk net is provided for holding a tank of extra window washer fluid To install the net place a commercially available tank in the right corner of the trunk and then attach the hooks to the re strainers A Instruments and controls 2 51 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS 4A WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the win dows Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls and become trapped in the window Unattended chil dren could become involved in serious accidents The power windows operate when the
36. Wheel Active Steer system see Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system in the 5 Starting and driving section If a malfunction occurs in the system the Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS function will cease but driving can be continued Instruments and controls 2 15 However the steering wheel is slightly turned even when driving on a straight road Drive carefully to the nearest INFINITI dealer Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pres sure If the light flickers or comes on dur ing normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call an INFINITI dealer or other autho rized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section AX CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pres sure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not covered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so 2 16 Instruments and controls Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning light Orange if so equipped This light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 s
37. e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and re lease it e Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruis ing speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL ICC SYSTEM if so equipped The Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a selected dis tance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear The ICC function can be set to one of two cruise control modes e Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode For maintaining a selected distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you up to the preset speed e Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode For cruising at a preset speed 4A WARNING e Always drive carefully and attentively when using either cruise control mode Read and understand the Owner s Manual thoroughly before using the cruise control To avoid serious injury or death do not rely on the system to pre vent accidents or to control the ve Starting an
38. happens drive without the cruise con trol To cancel the preset speed follow any of these methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indi cator will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out c Move the selector lever to the N Neu tral position The SET indicator will go out d Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out e If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 12 km h below the set speed e If you depress the clutch pedal Manual Transmission models or move the selector lever to N Neutral position Automatic Transmission models the cruise control will be can celed To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the speed you desire release the switch e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will in crease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods
39. locations The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors 4A WARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown in the illustration If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be se riously injured or killed in an accident Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH anchors The child restraint will not be secured properly Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads im posed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attach ments that can be connected to two an chors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to se cure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is com patible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 19 LATCH rigid attachment LATCH child restraints generally require the use of a top tether strap See Top
40. or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after con necting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the igni tion switch is turned from the ON position to the LOCK position The entry exit func tion will be activated SEAT SYNCHRONIZATION FUNCTION The seat synchronization function automati cally adjusts the positions of the steering wheel and outside mirrors when the seat is adjusted using the power seat switches However the steering wheel and outside mirrors will not move if the seat is ad justed over the maximum thresholds The system considers that the steering wheel and outside mirror adjustments are not necessary because the seat may not be adjusted for the driving position Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 The seat synchronization function oper ates under the following conditions e The ignition switch is in the ON posi tion e The selector lever is in the P Park po sition Automatic Transmission models or the parking brake is ap plied Manual Transmission models If the outside mirrors or the steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment the function is automatically disabled Re start the function by selecting a previ ously stored seat memory position using the memory switches
41. regularly as prescribed These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer an INFINITI dealer Where to go for service If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI technicians are well trained spe cialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through tech nical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on INFINITI vehicles before work begins You can be confident that an INFINITI dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economic way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have an INFINITI dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify an INFINITI dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or mainte nance work see Maintenance precau tions later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this sec tion Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be per
42. s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the in strument panel highlight the Others key on the display and then push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Voice Recognition key and then push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Command g Settings gt Voice Command Learning Settings gt Voice Command Learning Learning key and then push the A Sigred a x UP N ENTER button B 3 X JE O User 1 g O User 2 3 Navigation E Audio JE Phone JE O User3 qo H von OOOO Co W Learning result can be stored deleted edited 4 Select the user whose voice is memo 5 Select a category to be learned by the rized by the system and push the system from the following list and ENTER button then push the ENTER button e Audio e Phone e Vehicle Info e Others The voice commands in the category are displayed 6 Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 The voice recognition system starts If the system has learned the command correctly the voice command indicator on the screen turns on E Settings gt Voice Command Learning BACK Music Box Play Changes the source of the audio system to the Music Box y amp To end tutorial push the TALK switch for 2 seconds 7 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 8 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from
43. seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit speci fied for the front or rear axle This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the ve hicle This is the maximum com bined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the ve hicle If the vehicle is used to tow a Technical and consumer
44. tails Command List Displays a list of voice commands that the system can recognize User Guide Displays a simplified operation manual of the voice recognition system and how to TE Settings use the voice commands mo O Display Deney H Bes SC aes omneo i eee fot Audio With navigation system Without navigation system HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the sepa rate Navigation System Owner s Manual To show the Comfort amp Conv item push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Settings gt Audio a ea 3 Bas C OOOIODIIIIICL Je l Tebe C O0000N00000C_ f Balance tet JO000000000C Rian _ f Fade Rear JOQ00800000C Front _ OC Cora Speed Sensitive Vol Audio settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Audio key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and ad just it with the INFINITI controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob AYSA Trebe DODODAOUIIIH 2 Balance tet J00000000000C Right E Fase C
45. the CompactFlash card was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the CompactFlash card DISC PLAY When the DISC button is pushed with the system off and the CF card inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a CF card is inserted push the DISC button repeatedly until the center display changes to the CompactFlash mode Text When the Text key is selected on the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CF is being played the music informa tion below will be displayed on the screen e Folder title e Song title e Track title e Album Title e Artist FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the fast forward or w re wind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CompactFlash card is being played the CompactFlash card will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Com pactFlash card will return to the normal play speed When the or xw button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the Com pactFlash card is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CF will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when the CompactFlash card is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the Com pactFlash card turn the MP3 WMA folder selector or cho
46. 2 42 P 2 38 HES Honey porti 14 Electric tilting telescopic steerin 2 Trunk lid release switch P 3 18 5 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip odom wheel switch te o danu liehti eter P 2 7 3 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS 15 Manual tilting telescopic steering switch if so equipped P 2 37 wheel switch if so equipped P 3 22 2 2 Instruments and controls 16 Steering wheel Horn P 2 40 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 35 Instruments and controls 2 3 INSTRUMENT PANEL 2 3 4 13 14 11 151615 1718 Side ventilator P 4 25 5 Clock P 2 43 Meters and gauges P 2 6 6 Center multi function control panel Navigation system if so Center ventilator P 4 25 R y Audio system P 4 32 Vehicle information and setting buttons P 4 9 2 4 Instruments and controls 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 58 Audio system P 4 32 Center display P 4 3 Navigation sys tem if so equipped Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 40 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 35 Fuse box cover P 8 22 Parking brake Parking P 5 44 Push button ignition switch P 5 7 Automatic climate control system P 4 25 Cigarette lighter and ashtrays P 2 45 Heated seat switch if so equipped P 2 41 SNOW mode switch if so equipped P 2 42 CompactFlash card slot if so equippe
47. ABLS function to improve ve hicle traction The ABLS system works when one of the driving wheels is spin ning on a slippery surface The ABLS sys tem brakes the spinning wheel which distributes the driving power to the other drive wheel If the vehicle is operated with the VDC system turned off all VDC system and TCS functions will be turned off The ABLS system and ABS will still operate with the VDC system off If the ABLS system or ABS is activated the SLIP indicator light will blink and you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pul sation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction While the VDC system is operating you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or feel a vibration from under the hood This is normal and indi cates that the VDC system is working properly The VDC system computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed forward or backward When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a mal function 4A WARNING The VDC system is designed to help im prove driving stability but does not pre vent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or due to care less or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving
48. ACTION Fuel Economy Displays the Fuel Economy screen e Help COMMAND ACTION 4 88 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Li Information gt User Guide Getting Started JE Finding Points of Interest JE Using the Address Book JE Finding a Street Address E Placing Calls Push the ENTER switch to select U w gt Q A hil Lit itiiti Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice com mands by displaying a simplified User Guide or by displaying simulated voice command operations 1 Push the INFO button on the instru ment panel 2 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the User Guide key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Li Information gt User Guide Ao 7 JE Placing Calls Ef HeponSpeakns TF Voice Recognition Sering 3 Adapting the System to Your voos ES A Push the ENTER switch to select U w gt Q A 4 Highlight an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Displays the simplified User Guide de scribing how to operate the voice rec ognition system e Placing Calls Simulates voice commands to make a phone call by voice command opera tion e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to cor rectly speak commands in order for them to be properly
49. CAUTION drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap Make sure the correct lifting and support 3 Remove the drain plug with a points are used to avoid vehicle damage wrench and completely drain the oil AX CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oilis hot All wheel drive AWD models e Waste oil must be disposed of prop erly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the en gine oil filter change is needed 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil and install the oil filler cap securely AA CAUTION turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag Be sure to remove any old rubber gasket remaining on the mounting sur face of the engine The dipstick must be inserted in place to prevent oil spillage from the dipstick hole while filling the engine with oil See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants i
50. Cigarette lighter and ashtrayS cccsseeeeees 2 45 Circuit breaker Fusible link cccssssceeeees 8 22 Cleaning exterior and interior 00006 7 2 7 4 Climate control Automatic climate control 4 25 COCK gaicacacatedeanc a eee geet een tenes 2 43 COLO ONS acconcoceasocctevanensanavensusgnesesteivontercnsssanas 2 51 OGM Dll osian eceso een eE EEA AEE 2 2 Cold weather driving eesseesssesscesssoreeesscessesseee 5 52 Command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone E I P A A A I E OE 4 71 Command See INFINITI voice recognition EET A T E E AT 4 12 4 81 Compact Disc CD changer See audio SYSTEM arar ances cheteteunccnna 4 42 Compact spare tire sssesssesseesseosssosseoseessecsseoes 8 38 CompactFlash CF player See audio system seesssssssseeecesessssseeseceesess 4 44 Compass display sesseeesseeossesessecessseesssesssscessee 2 9 CONSOLE DOX sesnessiisnenirt innn 2 49 10 2 Controller Center multi function control Controls Control panel button display 00 Heater and air conditioner controls See automatic climate control cceceseeees Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants seeseesesseoseossossesssssossossossesssssess Changing engine coolant ssssesssesseeseeesecesee Checking engine coolant level 000 Corrosion protection sssesssesssesscossesseesseosseoss Cruise control esssssessesseessosseseossose
51. Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch e Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The set vehicle speed will increase by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will in crease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada Starting and driving 5 31 To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods e Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and re lease it e Push and hold the SET COAST switch The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH 5 km h for Canada e Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 MPH 1 km h for Canada To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruis ing speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h 5 32 Starting and driving How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed the set distance will change to long middle short and back to long again in that sequence Display CRUISE A Middle The distance to th
52. If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 sec onds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern an INFINITI dealer can conduct it for you 4A WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and pru dent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws 1 Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant tempera ture gauge needle points between the C and H normal operating tempera ture 2 Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accel Technical and consumer information 9 19 erator pedal completely and keep it re leased for at least 10 seconds 3 Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes 4 Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running 5 Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH 55 km h and maintain the speed for 20 seconds Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for at least 3 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the automatic transmi
53. In the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system automatically maintains a se lected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicle s speed up to the set speed or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear With ICC the driver can maintain the same speed as other vehicles without the constant need to adjust the set speed as you would with a normal cruise control system Type B SSD0624 SSD0625 PRECAUTIONS ON VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE The system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and di rection If the distance sensor a detects a slower moving vehicle ahead the system will re duce the vehicle speed so that your ve hicle follows the vehicle in front at the se lected distance The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes up to 25 of vehicle braking power if neces Sary The detection range of the sensor is ap proximately 390 ft 120 m ahead 4A WARNING e This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s re sponsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all Starting and driving 5 21 The distance sensor will not detect under times The system is primarily intended for use on straight dry ope
54. Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint INFINITI recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint which fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installa tion and use Small children Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lb 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturers instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations INFINITI recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manu facturer s instructions for installation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child re straints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 4O lb 18 kg and 80 lb 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit INFINITI recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or ne
55. Instruments and controls 2 29 vates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo nents in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when unat tended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas when ever possible Many devices offering additional protec tion such as component locks identifica tion markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and spe cialty shops Your INFINITI dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features 2 30 Instruments and controls SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the win dows are open 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF po sition 3 Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle 4 Close all doors hood and trunk Lock all doors The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light glows for about 30 seconds and then blinks The system is now armed If during this 30 secon
56. It might also be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or leasee in response to a request by law enforcement or as otherwise required or permitted by law OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is the best source of service and repair informa tion for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at an INFINITI dealer Also available are genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals and genuine INFINITI Service and Owners Manuals for older INFINITI models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact Tweddle Litho Company 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com infiniti For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 For current pricing and availability of genuine INFINITI Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see an INFINITI dealer or contact Resolve Corporation 20770 Westwood Drive Strongsville OH 44149 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITI Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact an INFINITI dealer For the phone n
57. Map USMS esnea EE 2 56 Personal lights ssiiisssrisssisscsivsssiestssssscvsiscsses 2 57 Interior light control Switch ccceeees 2 57 Vanity mirror UgNtS sesiekecn susie veciadewtsensesensanesesens 2 58 TE ST E vnsancawencvnnndecavesnuescaneenarks HomeLink Universal Transceiver 006 Programming HomeLink eseeeeeeeeees Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMS vests sdcesiexareisinessccivinesisiaciceiuicesisces Operating the HomeLink Universal THAIN CCNY C0 a Programming trouble diagnosSISs 06 Clearing the programmed information Reprogramming a single HomeLink DIU Old ae E ches If your vehicle is Stolen cccceesceceeees COCKPIT 6 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 34 7 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 13 8 Steering wheel mounted controls Left side ENTER or tuning switch P 4 7 P 4 55 BACK switch P 4 55 TALK switch P 4 81 Phone switch P 4 58 Volume control switches P 4 55 Source select switch P 4 55 9 Trip computer switch P 2 21 10 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 32 11 Steering wheel mounted controls Right side Cruise control switches P 5 17 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 19 12 Hood release handle P 3 17 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 4 Instrument brightness control switch 13 Intell t K rt P 5 8 switch P
58. Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Toora y BL m Y B Voice Recognition Nl Destination Street Address ul Destination Nearby Places lll Phone Dial lt Phone Number gt ll Phonebook lt Voicetag gt ul Help x To show additional commands say Help 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to hy speak Help Voice help or Command list Li Information gt Command List Navigation Please select a voice command catego Audio goy Phone Climate Others w Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition 4 The system confirms the recognized command and a list of command list categories appears Locate your desired voice command in the list using the INFINITI controller Selecting a category lists its voice commands Push the TALK switch and enter the command Operating tips Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the ENTER switch on the steering wheel e If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK switch for 1 second The message Voice can celed w
59. Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker light Note that the high mounted stop light on the rear parcel shelf will not be lit if the vehicle is equipped with the rear spoiler Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS faunal Xenon headlight bulb Front turn signal light A WARNING Front fog light Clearance light and front side turn signal light Rear combination light back up turn signal AX HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Al stop tail side marker License plate light ways have your xenon headlights replaced Map light at an INFINITI dealer For additional informa Rear personal light tion see Headlight and turn signal switch Vanity mirror light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Step light Trunk light If replacement is required see an INFINITI High mounted stop light dealer See an INFINITI dealer for replacement Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact an INFINITI dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E o
60. Stop the vehicle in a safe place to see the information The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SETTING button later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 SAA1611 The Reminder will be automatically dis played as shown when both of the follow ing conditions are met e the vehicle is driven the set distance and the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position e the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position the next time you drive the vehicle after the set value has been reached To return to the previous display after the MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is dis played push the BACK button The MAINTENANCE NOTICE screen is displayed each time the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position until one of the following conditions is met e Reset Distance is selected e Interval Reminder is set to OFF e the maintenance interval is set again 4 12 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Li Information gt Voice Recognition yd yoo oom A JE User Guide EE Voice Recognition information models with navigation system If you use the voice recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the voice command list or user guide for confirma tion See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section for the de
61. The door handle request switch is Push the door handle request switch pushed before the door is closed after the door is closed The outside chime sounds for approxi When closing the trunk lid mately 10 seconds and the trunk lid The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you opens When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine The selector lever is not in the P posi Shift the selector lever to the P posi tion tion When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from out side the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the In telligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelli gent Key can operate at a distance of ap proximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional In telligent Keys contact an INFINITI dealer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intel ligent Key will not ope
62. The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while car rying the Intelligent Key or with the Intel ligent Key inserted in the port 5 8 Starting and driving ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accesso ries such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be pushed to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P position AX CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON posi tions when the engine is not running for an extended period This can discharge the bat tery INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is al most discharged the guide light 8 of the Intelligent Key port a blinks and the indi cator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port Q allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured Pull the Intelligent Key to remove it from the port NO
63. The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after 30 minutes when the light remains illuminated to pre vent the battery from becoming dis charged HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the func tions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e Is powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is disconnected HomeLink will retain all programming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original trans mitter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information refer to Pro gramming HomeLink later in this sec tion 4A WARNING Do not use HomeLink Universal Trans ceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener
64. Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explo sion When working on or near a battery al ways wear Suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related ac cessories contain lead and lead com pounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL 1 and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the in dicator in each filler opening Do not over fill 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself 3 SDI1480C Remove the cell plugs a Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by look ing directly above the cell the condi tion 4 indicates OK and the condi tions 2 needs more to be added Tighten cell plugs a Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level
65. UP 6c A 99 longer Next or previous station channel CD e Pushing DOWN v UP 6c A 99 shorter Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track e Pushing DOWN Vv UP 6c A 99 longer Disc change When only one disc is loaded the 1st track of the disc will be selected CD CF with MP3 WMA 2 Pushing DOWN Vv UP 6c A 99 shorter Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track Pushing DOWN v UP 6c A 99 longer Folder change When the last folder on a disc is playing the next disc will be selected Music Box hard disk drive audio system e Pushing DOWN w shorter UP 66 A 99 4 56 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Next track or the beginning of the cur rent track e Pushing DOWN w UP A longer Playlist change When the last playlist is playing the next playlist will be se lected BACK switch Push this switch to go back to the pre vious screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume SOURCE select switch Push the source select switch to change the mode in the sequence of Preset A Preset B Preset C Music Box if so equipped CD and CompactFlash if so equipped ANTENNA Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A amp A CAUTION e Do
66. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment Technical and consumer information 9 9 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown 9 10 Technical and consumer information F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dards F M V S S C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label con tains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identifi cation Number VIN etc Review it care fully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached as shown TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as illustrated AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is attached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 Mounting holes License plate SSS bracket 8S eee Screw grommet g7 Flat blade Bumper 7 nS the license plate bracket US ra 5 Grommet Felt tip pen DRAW MARK where to drill the hole 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the li cense plate Before mounting the license plate con firm that the follow
67. When the VDC is turned off e When the VDC operates e When a tire slips e When the SNOW mode switch is turned on e When strong light sunlight etc is di rectly shining on the front of the ve hicle Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present turn the system off using the Intelligent Cruise Control MAIN Switch Turn the ICC system back on to use the system CRUISE CLEAN SENSOR Condition B When the sensor window is dirty making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead the ICC system is automatically canceled The chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on and the CLEAN SENSOR indicator will ap pear Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place turn the engine off Clean the sensor window with a soft cloth and then perform the settings again CRUISE Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly the chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and set the ICC system again If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the ve Starting and driving 5 35 hicle is still driveable under normal condi tions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer
68. a fuse of a higher or lower am perage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not oper ate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself headlight switch is turned to OFF Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller ie ae 5 If the fuse is open Q replace it with a new fuse 8 Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and re paired by an INFINITI dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not oper ate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine INFINITI parts INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT AX CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am perage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not oper ate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF Open the fuse box lid
69. accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and com plies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments Keys Intelligent Key ccececcccececcecececeeces 3 2 Removing the mechanical key 68 3 4 How to use the mechanical key 3 4 Valet hand off sccsscccwentscassesocecseneaueseatatesegedene 3 4 DOOS trsccginectsteardeonadstcacateaisansitend sce Sreeteea esa igus 3 5 Locking with metal key ccccsesceceeees 3 5 Opening and closing windows with the metal OY apa eecececee cranuisee eiior 3 6 Locking with inside lock knob 000 3 6 Locking with power door lock switch 3 7 Child safety rear door lock ceceeeeeee 3 7 Intelligent Key system ccccccscscscesescececeees 3 8 Intelligent Key operating range 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution 006 3 9 Intelligent Key operation csceceseeeees 3 10 Battery Saver system ccccccccescesscesconecs 3 11 Warning signals cceccecceccecescceceeceeees 3 12 Troubleshooting guide sesssssessssosssses00 3 13 Remote keyless entry Sy
70. active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Ha waii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the TUNE FOLDER manual tuning knob for e For satellite radio Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button seecar OF to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station For satellite radio Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 agar OF to tune to the first channel of the next or previous cat egory During satellite radio reception the fol lowing notices will be displayed under certain conditions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e ANTENNA ERROR Antenna connection error e LOADING XM ACQUIRING SR When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING XM CALL XXXX SR When the satellite radio subscription is not active e INVALID CH Invalid channel is re ce
71. affect the op eration of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by install ing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For example do not change the front seats by placing mate rial on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifi cally designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper op eration of the occupant c
72. and cornering on slippery surfaces and always drive care fully If engine related parts such as muffler are not standard equipment or are ex tremely deteriorated the VDC OFF in dicator or SLIP indicator or both indi cator lights may illuminate Do not modify the vehicle s suspension If suspension parts such as shock ab sorbers struts springs stabilizer bars and bushings are not INFINITI approved or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance and the VDC OFF indi cator or SLIP indicator or both indi cator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not stan dard equipment or are extremely dete riorated the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined sur faces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate prop erly and the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on unstable surfaces such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indi cator or both indicator lights may illumi nate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than those rec ommended are used
73. and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Supplemental side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are de signed to inflate on the side where the ve hicle is impacted Supplemental curtain side impact air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions The cur tain side impact air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are designed to supplement the crash protec tion provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be cor rectly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door fin ishers See Seat belts earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sy
74. and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF pa or 4O position The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the head lights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the auto matic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Automatic headlights off delay in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Instruments and controls 2 35 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate 2 36 Instruments and controls Headlight beam select 1 To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the position Pull it back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when
75. and or viscosity is not cov ered by the new INFINITI vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first rec ommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the fol lowing conditions may require more fre quent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic e aggressive driving Refer to the INFINITI Service and Mainte nance Guide for the maintenance sched ule 9 6 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your INFINITI vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lu bricant NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents AX CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air condi tioning system and will require the replace ment of all air conditioner system compo nents The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your INFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refriger ant during automotive air cond
76. and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution ex ists or where road Salt is used 7 6 Appearance and care Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion pro cess Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it aS soon as pos sible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumula tion e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A amp A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris fro
77. built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be ob vious Replace the tires as neces sary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious personal in jury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact an INFINITI dealer For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See Specifica tions in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels 4A WARNING e The use of tires other than those recom mended or the mixed use of tires of dif ferent brands construction bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking han dling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speed ometer calibration headlight aim and bumper height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e Ifthe wheels are changed for any reason always r
78. button to perform switching The above display will appear when the Setting key is selected using the INFINITI controller Display Mode Choose the display mode from the follow ing e Normal e Wide e Cinema REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect ob jects close to the bumper or on the ground 4A WARNING e The rear view camera is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper back ing up Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors e Make sure that the trunk is securely closed when backing up Do not put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is in stalled on the trunk finisher When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Otherwise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an electric shock Do not
79. care ful not to let wax get into the washer nozzle a This may cause clogging or im proper windshield washer operation If wax gets into the nozzle remove it with a needle or small pin BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by an INFINITI dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied 4A WARNING See an INFINITI dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not re turn to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible wear indicators When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping or screeching sound when the vehicle is in motion whether or not the brake pedal is de pressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide for maintenance intervals Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 FUSES SDI1479A ENGINE COMPARTMENT AX CAUTION Never use
80. ccceceeceeceeees 4 96 SAFETY NOTE 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Op A WARNING erating this system under these conditions may result in system malfunctions e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in acci dents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e Incase you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact your nearest INFINITI dealer Ig noring such conditions may lead to acci dents fire or electric shock e Park the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake to view the im ages on the front center display screen using devices connected to the auxiliary input jacks Do not attempt to operate the system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 2 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CENTER MULTI FUNCTION CONTROL PANEL With navigation system 1 STATUS status display button P 4 9 2 6 7 10 11 For navigation system con trol buttons Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 3 INFINITI controller P 4 4 4 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System button P 4 58 5 30 OFF brightness control and dis play O
81. command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say the number you wish to call For example 555 1212 can be said as five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 4 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 5 Say Dial The system acknowl edges the command and makes the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ringtone press the WC button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the a button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ringtone press the s button on the steering wheel to reject the call For additional command options see List of voice commands later in this section Phone Main Manu By amp Exit Phone Mode me Exit Phone Mode List of voice commands When you push and release the but ton on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages describe these commands and the commands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available anytime the system is waiting for a response If you want to end an action without com Moni
82. could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in se quence according to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift lever and then move it to the R Reverse gear after stopping the vehicle completely If it is difficult to move the shift lever into the R Reverse or 1st gear shift to the N Neutral position and then release the clutch pedal once Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into the R Reverse or 1st gear 4A WARNING e Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads This may cause a loss of control e Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage 4 amp CAUTION e Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may damage the clutch e Fully depress the clutch pedal before shifting to help prevent transmission damage e Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse e When the vehicle is stopped for a period of time for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied Suggested upshift speeds Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road condi tions the weather and individual driving habits Starting and driving 5 15 For normal acceleration in low
83. dial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance There fore they should be balanced as re quired Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to transmission damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Informa tion US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the un derside of the vehicle is washed e Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e INFINITI recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire When a Spare tire is mounted t type or conventional the low tire pressure warn ing s
84. dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks de formation deterioration or loose connec tions Underbody The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances otherwise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thor oughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate For additional information see Cleaning exterior in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the tank MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or main tenance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed 4A WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For manual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neu tral position For automatic transmis sion models move the selector lever to P Park position e Be sure the ignition switch is in the LOCK position when performing any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine run
85. do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended US measure Imp measure Liter specifications Fuel 20 gal 16 5 8 gal 76 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI RON 96 1 Engine oil 5 Drain and refill eei ene a a O e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 change 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 Cooling system With reservoir 9 1 2 qt 7 7 8 qt 9 0 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 50 Demineralized or distilled water Automatic transmission Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF 3 fluid Manual transmission gear _ _ _ Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Fluid MTF oil HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 or 75W 90 Differential gear oil Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE 80W 90 6 Transfer fluid _ _ _ Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF Continental U S and Alaska or Canada NISSAN Automatic Trans mission Fluid 7 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Mainte Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 9 Brake fluid nance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 5 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease Air conditioning system refrigerant without limited slip differential with limited slip dif ferential NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base HF
86. dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licenced to Xanavi Informatics Corpora tion X Bluetooth Q gracenote Gracenote is a registered trademark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trade marks of Gracenote QY INFINITI 2007 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a re trieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information Index 1 D O Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint System SRS seniuisosacientecsass atdtesscsericumeteesadeeenin 0 2 Exterior front sssoosoeee0s0ssssssosoosooesessesssssssso 0 3 Exteri r TAN aasicsessesascciantecasadensannssseeswiatsncusresscas 0 4 Passenger compartment cccceeceecceecensce
87. easy identifi cation When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual PRE TENSIONER SEAT BELT SYSTEM front seats 4A WARNING e The pre tensioner seat belt cannot be re used after activation It must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a fron tal collision but the pre tensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if neces sary replaced by an INFINITI dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pre tensioner seat belt system This is to prevent accidental activation of the pre tensioner seat belt or damage to the pre tensioner seat belt operation Tam pering with the pre tensioner seat belt system may result in serious personal injury 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e Work around and on the pre tensioner system should be done by an INFINITI dealer Installation of electrical equip ment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pre tensioner seat belt system e If you need to dispose of the pre tensioner or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct pre tensioner disposal proced
88. essseesssseseseeesscessceseerseens 2 35 Ignition switch automatic transmission models moense ereere a as aas eE eE 5 10 Ignition switch manual transmission Models ninrin aee 5 15 Power door lock switch esssssessseessseessscessee 3 7 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIECH a E ET 2 33 Snow mode SWitCh eesssesssseesssecsssscssseeess 2 42 Turn signal SWwitCh sssesssesseesseesseessesseesseee 2 39 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWILC I sdssananeisdagtacnssaecavannsexunseanavessaseanactaians 2 42 T Tachometer sssesesseeesseeossecossecossscossscossscessseessee 2 8 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature PANG lt AR E E E E E S 2 8 Theft INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start sssssssesseossesseesseosssosseeseesseeoseoes 2 31 Three way catalySt ssseeesseeessseessscessseessseessseeo 5 3 Tilting telescopic steering ColUMN 006 3 22 Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning eai E E E 2 16 Tires Flat Ul Cicer cuvatansarsusntanspiaueurersnubenannenmnennntinn 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Spare Ure say corcanarranerncvaratisvatvarnivenconssateoinds 8 38 Tire and Loading information label 8 30 9 11 Tire chains cs sccacednwtacocesgovenseoeasactasasenecseseiess 8 35 Tire dressing essssseseseeesecessessecsseessrosecesecsseee 7 3 Tire pressure eessesssessseossessecsseosscosseoseesseoo 8 28 Tire pressure monitoring system TEM Terea 5 3 6 2 Tire rota
89. extended period of time the battery could quickly run down Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set or personal computer When the Intelligent Key battery is al most discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port and start the engine Replace the dis charged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see Push button ignition switch in the 5 Starting and driving section Because the steering wheel is locked electrically unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impossible when the vehicle battery is completely dis charged In this case unlocking the steering wheel is also impossible if the Intelligent Key is inserted into the In telligent Key port Pay special atten tion that the vehicle battery is not com pletely discharged If the vehicle battery is completely dis charged make sure to recharge the battery immediately 1 Intelligent Key 2 sets 2 Mechanical key metal key 3 Key number plate 1 set 2 sets 4A WARNING e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves that can adversely affect medical electric equipment e If you have a pacemaker you should contact the medical equipment manufac turer to ask if it will be affected by the In telligent Key signal Record the key number on the key number plate metal tag and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet N
90. feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly How ever the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving 5 50 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM When accelerating or driving on slippery surfaces the tires may spin or slide With the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system sensors detect these movements and control the braking and engine output to help improve vehicle stability e When the VDC system is operating the SLIP indicator in the instrument panel blinks e When only the Traction Control System TCS portion of the VDC system is op erating the SLIP indicator in the in strument panel blinks e If the SLIP indicator blinks the road conditions are slippery Be sure to ad just your speed and driving to these conditions Be sure to drive carefully See SLIP INDICATOR LIGHT and VE HICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF INDICATOR LIGHT in the 2 Instru ments and controls section e Indicator light If a malfunction occurs in the system the SLIP and VDC OFF indicator lights illuminate in the instrument panel As long as these warning lights are illuminated the VDC system func tion is canceled The VDC system uses an Active Brake Lim ited Slip
91. from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multises sion ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other coun tries CompactFlash is a trademark of SanDisk Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 ROOT FOLDER FOLDER MP3 or WMA SAA1025 Playback order Music playback order of the CD CF with MP3 or WMA is as illustrated above e The folder names of folders not con taining MP3 WMaA files are not shown in the display If there is a file in the top level of the disc Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order 4 36 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart 1 Files crea
92. func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use Do not expose a CF card to direct sun light Confirm that a CF card is inserted cor rectly Compact Disc CD CompactFlash CF with MP3 or WMA Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pic tures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known com pressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track from CD CF can reduce the file size by approximately 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality MP3 compression removes the redundant and irrelevant parts of a sound signal that the human ear doesn t hear WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Microsoft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec en abling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music files The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is deter mined by the bit rate used when en coding the file Sampling frequency Sampling fre quency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted
93. gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have an INFINITI dealer cor rect the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which INFINITI is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consump tion or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while ac celerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load FOR GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants earlier in this section IN FINITI recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certifi cation or International Lubricant Stan dardization and Approval Committee IL SAC certification and SAE vi
94. hicle ahead detection indicator comes on The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead the ICC system gradually acceler ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed The ICC system then maintains the set speed When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off If a vehicle ahead appears during accel eration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation the system controls the distance to that ve hicle When passing another vehicle the set speed indicator will flash when the ve hicle speed exceeds the set speed The vehicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open When the pedal is released the vehicle will return to the previously set speed Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system you can depress the ac celerator pedal when it is necessary to ac celerate your vehicle rapidly How to change the set vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed use any of these methods e Push the CANCEL switch The set ve hicle speed indicator will go out e Tap the brake pedal The set vehicle speed indicator will go out e Turn the MAIN switch off Both the ON OFF switch indicator and set ve hicle speed indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods e
95. information 9 13 trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is lo cated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occu pants weight subtracted from the load limit 9 14 Technical and consumer information Example 1 Occupants Load limit 1 400 Ib R R 640 kg Luggage Available cargo O and luggage load capacity 150 Ib 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 lb 1 070 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg 485 kg Example 2 E Occupants Load limit Luggage Available cargo and 1 400 lb x i x R A ie luggage load capacity 640 kg 680 Ib 150 Ib x4 600 lb 30 Ib x4 120 Ib 300 kg 70 kg 280 kg 15 kg 60 kg VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your ve hicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not ex ceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Information label To get the combined weight of occu pants and cargo add the weight of all occupants then add the total luggage weight to the value Examples are shown in the illustration Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determi
96. is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself INFINITI recommends that the booster seat be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation in this section A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installation of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be used with a lap shoulder belt Booster seats are de signed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection during a collision Follow all of the booster seat manufac turer
97. is uplight and then move the seat to the rearmost position Do not move the seat with the booster seat attached to it Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front pas 2 senger seat dures Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direc tion Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 Center position 3 The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See Head restraint earlier in this section If the head re straint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head re straint when the booster seat is re moved If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat Outboard position Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions fo
98. km h 6 Intelligent Cruise Control system warning light Orange CRUISE The light comes on if there is a mal function in the ICC system When the ignition switch is pushed tothe Operating vehicle to vehicle ON position the indicators come on as il distance control mode lustrated to check for a burned out bulb and it turns off when the engine is To turn on the cruise control quickly push started and release the MAIN switch on The cruise indicator light set distance indica tor and set vehicle speed indicator come on and in a standby state for setting 5 28 Starting and driving To set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Vehicle ahead detection indicator set distance in dicator and set vehicle speed indicator come on Take your foot off the accelera tor pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed The Intelligent Cruise Control system can not be set under the following conditions even if the SET COAST switch is pushed e When traveling outside the 25 to 90 MPH 40 to 144 km h speed range While the brakes are applied by the driver When pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE switch without a set speed in memory When the windshield wipers are oper ating at low speed LO or high speed HI When the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is switched off When the SNOW mode switch is turned on Starting and driving 5 29 1
99. loaded into the player push the CD play select buttons 1 to or choose a disc dis played on the screen using the INFINITI controller Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 SCAN REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 TRK Track RPT 1 DISC MIX ALL DISC MIX CD with MP3 or WMA DISC RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 FOLDER RPT 1 TRK Track 1 FOLDER MIX 1 DISC MIX ALL DISC MIX ry CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD se lect button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT but ton for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the com pact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it 4 44 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACTFLASH CF PLAYER OPERATION models with navigation system Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position remove the cover and insert a CF card into the slot Then push the DISC button repeatedly to switch to the CompactFlash mode If the system has been turned off while
100. may also be used 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 98 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able you may use unleaded regular gaso line with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in perfor mance 4X CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol system and may also affect war ranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will dam age the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications INFINITI recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications where it is avail able Many of the automobile manufactur ers developed this specification to im prove emission system and vehicle perfor mance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions IN
101. mission axles steering system and power train are in working condition If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV refer to Flat towing in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada 6 12 In case of emergency Two wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY INFINITI Two Wheel Drive 2WD models INFINITI recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated AX CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transmission If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive models with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and se cure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar de vice Never secure the steering w
102. necessary because it reduces rear view clarity Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection ac cording to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automati cally turned on when you turn the ignition switch to the ON position When the system is turned on the indica tor light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the l switch to make the in side rearview mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the switch again to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensor or apply glass cleaner on it Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper operation For HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped see HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the 2 Instruments and controls section D Ua OUTSIDE MIRRORS 4A WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is lo cated on the armrest The outside mirror will opera
103. ning keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection whenever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is neces sary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the bat tery Your vehicle is equipped with an auto matic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warning even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid in jury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan The fuel filter or fuel lines should be ser viced by an INFINITI dealer because the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off AA CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized component while the ignition switch is in the ON position Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component har nesses disconnected while the i
104. or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be Starting and driving 5 45 longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly Parking brake break in Break in the parking brake shoes when ever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the park ing brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by an INFINITI dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear be fore going down a Slope or long grade 5 46 Starting and driving Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control ZA WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerating or downshifting Abrupt braking or acceler ating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e Ifthe engine is not runnin
105. paired as necessary could lead to poor drive ability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the LOCK position This function indi cates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For addi tional information see Security system later in this section 2 20 Instruments and controls Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver to the fact that the road surface is slippery and the vehicle is nearing its traction limits Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on WC Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dy namic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the ve hicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for example the vehicle dynamic control system may not be fun
106. pressure to the COLD pres sure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label af fixed to the driver side center pillar Securely store the flat tire and jacking equipment in the vehicle Place the spare tire cover and the trunk floor carpeting over the dam aged tire Close the trunk 4A WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured In case of emergency 6 7 JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster bat tery the instructions and precautions 12 volts Use of an improperly rated bat after use Such items can become dan gerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size Spare tire are designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section If needed Roadside Assistance is avail below must be followed 4A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also dam age your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery tery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protectors for example goggles or industrial safety
107. procedures be low 1 Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel or the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display 2 Select the Call Phonebook key on the PHONE ENTER button menu and push the 3 Select the registered person s name from the list and push the ENTER but ton Dialing will start 4 64 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 After the call is over perform one of the following to finish the call a Select the Hang up key and push the ENTER button b Push the button on the steering wheel c Push the PHONE button on the in strument panel There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Call Phonebook in step 2 above Redial Dial the previously dialed number again Call Call Logs Select the name or phone number from the incoming or outgoing call logs Call Downloaded Select the name or phone number from the downloaded call list Dial Keypad Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Phone j y A St cox E On Hold Ef Reject Call jy Qu On Hold 0906115XXXX Receiving a Call When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the fol lowing procedures li
108. push the ENTER button Select the Pair Phone key and push the ENTER button 4 Select the None Add New key from Settings gt Bluetooth Setup E Bluetooth 3 Bluetooth Info Parone e TA Pity Crange E Remove Paired Phone 9 E TULLE U O ON the name list of the phones and push the ENTER button When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the Bluetooth cel lular phone to enter the PIN code The pairing procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cel lular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for in structions on pairing INFINITI recom mended cellular phones Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 6 When the pairing is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Settings gt Pair Phone Settings gt Phonebook pe 2 F es Ef 2None AddNew i E j lt it 4 None Add New JE 3 None Add New 5 None Add New E 4 None Add New 1 40 x Phonebook registration Up to 40 phone numbers can be stored in Settings gt Pair Phone the phonebook 1 Push the SETTING button and select the PHONE key on the display using ee ee the INFINITI controller Then push the requests PIN please enter 1234 Exiting this screen will cancel pairing ENTER button 2 Select the Phonebook key and push the ENTER button 3 Selec
109. recognition systems section If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Re adjust the time ADJUSTING THE TIME 1 To set the clock forward push the button 1 2 To set the clock backward push the button 2 3 To move forward or backward faster push and hold the button more than 5 seconds For details about display clock adjustment Instruments and controls 2 43 POWER OUTLET Automatic transmission models The power outlet is located in the center console AX CAUTION The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory 2 44 Instruments and controls Manual transmission models Use power outlet with the engine run ning to avoid discharging the vehicle battery Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may blow Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to contact the outlet CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAYS FRONT To ope
110. recognized by the system e Voice Recognition Settings Displays the description of voice rec ognition settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Simulates an example of the operation to adapt the system to your voice For the items Finding Points of Interest Using the Address Book and Finding a Street Address refer to the separate Navigation system Owner s Manual USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK we switch is pushed before the initial ization completes a beep sounds Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 Before starting To get the best performance out of INFINITI Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e When the climate control is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automatically for easy recognition e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between words Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK we switch located on the steering wheel 4 90
111. restraint in the front seat see Child restraint in stallation using the seat belts in this section Improper use or improper installation of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an acci dent Follow all of the child restraint manufac turer s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child re straints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly in creases Child restraint anchor points are de signed to withstand only those loads im posed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment or by the seat belt path Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the re straint in place The child restraint should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint i
112. s instructions for installation and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be posi tioned to fit the booster seat but as up Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 right as possible e After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen e Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see Booster seat installation later in this section e When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to pre vent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident 4 amp CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before plac ing your child in the booster seat Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat w
113. shifts which may momentarily change the display 5 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode in cludes a low temperature warning feature 2 28 Instruments and controls If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind di rections and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards 6 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display The EY switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT There are 3 submenus under the alert menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e TIME TO REST Select this submenu to specify when the time to rest indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning MAINTENANCE There are 5 submenus under the mainte nance menu e BAC
114. side twice will shift the ranges in succession e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of ve hicle damage or loss of control e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st gear before the vehicle comes to a Starting and driving 5 13 stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depending on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme con ditions such as excessive wheel spinning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condi tion have an INFINITI dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary 5 14 Starting and driving Shift lock release If the battery charge is
115. strike the camera It is a precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunc tion or cause damage resulting in a fire or an electric shock CAUTION There is a plastic cover over the camera Do not scratch the cover when cleaning dirt or snow from the cover Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with refer ence to the bumper line a are displayed on the monitor They are indicated as reference distances to objects Displayed lines indicate dis tances 1 5 feet red 1 3 feet yellow Q 7 feet green 3 and 10 feet green 0 5 m red 1 m yellow 2 m green and 3 m green from the lower part of the bumper line When the steering wheel is turned with the selector lever in the R Reverse posi tion the predicted course line is dis played on the monitor HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED COURSE LINES 4A WARNING e Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Use the displayed lines as a reference The lines are highly affected by the num ber of occupants fuel level vehicle posi tion road condition and road grade e If the tires are replaced with different sized tires the predicted course line may be displayed incorrectly e On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted c
116. switch on the In telligent Cruise Control system display and the CRUISE indicator are displayed on the dot matrix crystal display After you hold the MAIN switch on for longer than about 1 5 seconds the Intelligent Cruise Control system display goes out The CRUISE indicator stays lit You can now set your desired cruising speed Pushing the MAIN switch again will turn the system completely off When the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the system is also automati cally turned off To use the Intelligent Cruise Control again quickly push and re lease the MAIN switch vehicle to vehicle distance control mode or push and hold it conventional cruise control mode again to turn it on AX CAUTION To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con trol make sure to turn the ON OFF switch off when not using the Intelligent Cruise Con trol CRUISE ACCEL RE OAST SET To set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The SET indicator will come on in the display Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills If this happens manually main tain vehicle speed To cancel the preset speed us
117. system 1 If the sunroof is open close it fully by repeatedly pushing the CLOSE Q side of the sunroof switch 2 Push and hold the CLOSE side of the sunroof switch to tilt the sunroof up 3 Release the sunroof switch after the sunroof moves slightly up and down 4 Push and hold the OPEN 2 side of 2 56 Instruments and controls the sunroof switch to fully tilt the sun roof down 5 Check if the sunroof switch operates normally If the sunroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer INTERIOR LIGHTS MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off SIC3250 PERSONAL LIGHTS Rear Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off ON DOOR OFF INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position Q the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position op the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e a
118. technology and related data are provided by Gracenote To view the details of the track select the Text key by touching the screen or using the INFINITI controller The track name and album title are displayed on the screen If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the mark is dis played behind the track number The Music Box audio system cannot perform recording under the following conditions e There is not enough space in the hard disk e The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 e The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording select the STOP button by touching the screen or using the INFINITI controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the recording also stops Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 47 Play by Album J XXXXXXXX Y XXXXXXXX 1 01 ALL Playlist RPT Menu _ __Text Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods e Push the source select switch on the steering wheel and the ENTER switch See STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO later in this secti
119. tether strap child restraint in this section for installation instructions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint See Child restraint installation using LATCH in this section SSS0675 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point 4A WARNING Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by cor rectly fitted child restraints Under no cir cumstances are they to be used for adult 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat belts or harnesses Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the rear par cel shelf Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt or LATCH rear outboard seat po sitions only as applicable Flip up the anchor cover from the anchor point which is located directly behind the child seat Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straightest installation Tighten the strap according to the manufacturer s in structions to remove any Slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat consult your INFINITI dealer for details CH
120. the 20 MPH 32 km h cut off speed or over the maximum set speed Refer to Approach warning later in this section The following items are controlled in the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode e When there are no vehicles traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver The set speed range is between approximately 25 and 90 MPH 40 and 144 km h e When there is a vehicle traveling ahead the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance selected by driver from the vehicle ahead The ad justing speed range is between ap proximately 20 MPH 32 km h and up to the set speed e When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains ve hicle speed up to the set speed The ICC system does not control vehicle Speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion The detection zone of the ICC sensor is limited A vehicle ahead must be in the detection zone for the vehicle to vehicle distance detection mode to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel Motor
121. the VDC system may not operate properly and VDC OFF indicator or SLIP indicator or both in dicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow cov ered road Starting and driving 5 51 FOUR WHEEL ACTIVE STEER 4WAS SYSTEM if so equipped The Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system is an electronically controlled four wheel steering system Depending on the vehicle speed and steering angle the angles of the front and rear wheels are adjusted by the 4WAS system to help improve driving perfor mance If a malfunction occurs in the system the 4WAS function will stop but the ordinary two wheel steering system will operate normally The 4WAS warning light will illuminate If the light illuminates while you are driving contact an INFINITI dealer for repair The steering wheel may be slightly turned even when driving on a straight road due to a protection mechanism for the 4WAS system This is not a malfunction The steering wheel will return to the normal position after the protection mechanism deactivates The protection mechanism under the following conditions activates e The steering wheel is operated forcibly when it is hard to operate or the tires are blocked by obstacles e The steering wheel is continuously op 5 52 Starting and driving erated when the vehicle is parked or being driven at extremely low speed e The steering wheel
122. the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Text When the Text key is selected with the INFINITI controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the sat ellite radio is being played the text infor mation will be displayed on the screen e CH Name e Category e Name e Title e Other Compact Disc CD changer operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button if so equipped and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automati cally into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will au tomatically turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the compact disc LOAD CD LOAD if so equipped To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 sec onds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button 4 to 6 then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in suc cession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display DISC DISC or PLAY When the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and t
123. the rules and examples below e Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two Six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 dig its places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six Six two The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six two oh oh You can say Star for and Pound for at anytime in any position of the phone number Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits Control buttons The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel we TALK PHONE SEND Push the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call See List of voice commands and
124. the setup is completed push the or sharp object If the glass breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mer Settings cury In case of contact with skin wash immediately with soap and water OD e To clean the display never use a rough 2 cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the display Contact Without navigation system with liquid will cause the system to mal BACK button 4 and return to the pre function Touch screen operation vious screen For the VOICE button 5 functions refer to the separate Navigation System Own ers Manual With this system the same operations as those for the INFINITI controller are pos To ensure safe driving some functions l A sible using the touch screen operation cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not avail Selecting the item AOW 10 USE TOUCH SCREEN able while driving will be grayed out or Touch an item to select When you select models with navigation system muted the Audio settings touch the Audio Q Park the vehicle in a safe location and area on the screen CAUTION then operate the navigation system Touch the BACK 2 button to return the previous screen e The glass screen on the liquid crystal
125. the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again oth erwise the starter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the 5 10 Starting and driving engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Start To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P position Automatic transmission models or move the shift lever to the N position Manual transmission models and push the ignition switch to the OFF position DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 5 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your ve hicle is electronically controlled by a transmission control module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth opera tion Shown on the following pages are the rec ommended operating procedures for this transmission Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector le ver button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral
126. to 2h speak the command that the system requested 9 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the 4 switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 94 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can D Senas Voice Conimandibeaming have the system learn the voice com Ty mands in succession without selecting EditName users commands one by one Ti sweru eo JE Reset Result JE Continuous Learning Learning function settings Edit Name Edit the user name using the keypad dis played on the screen Store Result When this item is turned to ON the voice recognition system can easily recognize the user s voice that it has learned Reset Result Resets the user s voice that the voice rec ognition system has learned Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Displays COMMAND NOT REC 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command list in this section OGNIZED or the system fails to
127. to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an acci dent The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor pattern sensor that turns the front pas senger air bag OFF under some condi tions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front Passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk of injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4A WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dan gerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations Children may be severely injured or killed when the supplemental front air bags side air bags or curtain side impact air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and chil dren should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri ous
128. to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as am bient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely remove the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING INFINITI does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discol Oration of the rubber If a tire dressing is Appearance and care 7 3 applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a compound This com pound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be diffi cult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as rec ommended by tire dressing manufac turer 7 4 Appearance and care CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth
129. under certain condi tions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Al ways stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the ve hicle when refueling Fuel may be under pressure Turn the cap a third of a turn and wait for any hissing sound to stop to prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal injury Then remove the cap Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank af ter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off auto operation of the fuel system and emis sion control system An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the malfunction indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehicle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static electricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling AX CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap prop erly may cause the ExGne malfunction in dicator light MIL to illuminate If the ene light illuminates because the fuel filler cap i
130. vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system mal function has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ENGINE light should turn off after a few driving trips If the GnE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission con trol system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or decel eration Instruments and controls 2 19 c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer 4X CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and re
131. vehicle is parked Some recre ational vehicle appliances such as stoves refrigerator heaters etc may also generate carbon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic when ever a The vehicle is raised for service b You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment c You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system d You have had an accident involving damage to the exhaust system un derbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants 4A WARNING e The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the ex haust system components e Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire 4 amp CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Deposits from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce exhaust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Malfunc tions in the ignition fuel injection or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine misfires or if no ticeable loss of performance or other un usu
132. warning labels 1 49 Warning light Air bag warning light ccceeeeees 1 49 2 18 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 14 Anti lock braking system ABS warning WSU EAE EE E udeeteuriee dentine 2 14 Brake warning lS At sscvsssinasstsesssraretiniaswataas 2 14 Four wheel active steer FWAS warning NS ice scat S E APENN POEA 2 15 Intelligent Key warning light 06 2 16 Low tire pressure warning light 2 16 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 18 Warning VENUS scaitscsxctcsrsnarsouiuastniiootadascitasdadateds 2 14 Warning Dot matrix display cccsssecceeeeees 2 21 Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 40 Warning Tire pressure monitoring system CUPP 5 EEA EEE O NE E 5 3 6 2 Warning Warning indicator lights and audible reEMINAETS oa vivetrsarastsartoceateueestachinsehsicetuninnsreeuniet 2 13 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 18 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer SET Givin asennad aay sau anna eee EE REEE 2 32 WV AS NTE secs ates ccuteneses iernii senno aren odn eee Tee 7 2 WUT S Sees iunnccensstususavaacatoantidecatenradvesainersinevaannves 7 2 Wheel tire SiZ ccccsccssccssscescccssccescccccosscoes 9 8 Wheels and tires sccnassvsacsianvsanncnassonovaisicanectennn 8 28 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 3 Wheels Four wheel active steer 4WAS SV STEM eoan eane EEEE EE Ea EEE E 5 52 Windo
133. which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automati cally stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these fea tures increases the risk of serious injury or death During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and ob jects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manu factured after 1996 have rolling code protection To program a garage door opener equipped with rolling code pro tection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button Instruments and controls 2 59 To begin push and hold the 2 outer HomeLink buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink surface 2 60 Instruments and controls 3 Using both hands simultaneousl push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to prog
134. words Giving voice commands To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition push and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the microphone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e If you need to hear the available com mands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e If a command is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please try again Repeat the command in a clear voice e If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response e You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the voice recognition VR session You 4 68 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems can also push the gg button on the steering wheel at any time Whenever the VR session is canceled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system e If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume con trol switches or on the steering wheel while being provided with feed back You can also use the radio volume control knob How to say numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers in voice com mands Refer to
135. you and operate it as specified within the inside or outside operating ranges described as fol lows When the Intelligent Key battery runs down or where there are strong radio waves or noise the operating range may be narrower or the key may be inopera tive 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments Operating range of the door or trunk lock unlock function The outside sensors are located in the front outside door handles and the trunk The operating ranges of the door or trunk lock unlock functions are shown in the il lustration Front door 1 31 5 in 80 cm from the door handle request switch Trunk 2 31 5 in 80 cm from the trunk open re quest switch e f you are too close to the outside door handles or rear bumper the In telligent Key may not operate e f the Intelligent Key is in the oper ating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to lock unlock the doors by pushing the door handle request switch SZ Se D ee f VIAA ALI a nr AA e Operating range for engine start function The operating range for starting the en gine inside the vehicle is shown in the il lustration If the Intelligent Key is on the instru ment panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket or the corner of interior compartment it may not be possible to start the engine If the Intelligent Key is near the door or door glass outside the vehicle it m
136. 1 or 2 An Intelli gent Key that was previously linked to the stored seat memory can also be used to restart the function If a seat position was not previously stored in the seat memory restart the function by adjusting the steering wheel and outside mirrors manually for your best driving position and then drive the vehicle above 4 MPH 7 km h 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments Cancel or activate seat synchronization function For Automatic Transmission models The selector lever must be in the P park position with the ignition switch in the OFF position For Manual Transmission models The parking brake must be applied with the ignition switch in the OFF position The seat synchronization function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds while the ignition switch is in the OFF position Activating or canceling the seat synchro nization function using the SET switch also activates or cancels the entry exit function The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the seat synchroniza
137. 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level interpret the command correctly 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by giving the Radio Directory or the wrong voicetag Phone Directory command 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 4 96 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide 06 5 2 Three way CatalySt ccccscscecscescececeeeees 5 3 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover 06 5 5 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 6 All wheel drive AWD driving safety precautions For AWD models 606 5 6 Push button ignition switch cccceeeeeceees 5 7 Push button ignition switch positions 5 8 Intelligent Key battery discharge
138. 25 mm pull again on the anchor at restraint in the front passenger seat tachments to further tighten the child Supplemental front air bags inflate with restraint If you are unable to properly great force A rear facing child restraint secure the restraint move the re could be struck by the supplemental straint to another seating position and front air bag in a crash and could seri try again or try a different child re 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system ously injure or kill your child INFINITI recommends that child re straints be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front pas senger seat move the passenger seat to the rearmost position Also be sure the front passenger air bag status light is il luminated to indicate the passenger air bag is OFF See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section for de tails The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an automatic locking mode retractor which must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the retractor s locking mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front pas senger Seat The instructions in this section apply
139. 8 28 Tire labeling ooeoooeosssooosssssssosssssssoossse 8 32 Types of tires ssoesooesooesseessesssessoessoeesoseo 8 34 Tire chains civescnnacenseceatacxsensdencesencssercveceesess 8 35 Changing wheels and tiresS cccceeeees 8 36 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new INFINITI has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with longer service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essen tial to maintain your INFINITI s fine me chanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the specified maintenance as well as general maintenance is per formed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle re ceives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain Scheduled maintenance For your convenience both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your INFINITI at regular intervals General maintenance General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures
140. A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor mance 4A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cor nering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Temperature A B and C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resis tance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corre sponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher Technical and consumer information 9 17 levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AA WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause heat build up and possible tire failure 9 18 Technical and consumer information EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your INFINITI is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performanc
141. ANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle aS soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your ve hicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the ve hicle thoroughly using a mild soap a spe cial vehicle soap or general purpose dish 7 2 Appearance and care washing liquid mixed with clean luke warm never hot water 4A CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes espe cially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle components causing them to crack This could affect their ap pearance and also could cause them not to function properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical deter gents gas
142. ARNING X 1 i mme 00 00 2 SKIP gt DETAIL mes 00 00 MPG MENTER NEXT RANGE 0000mies 2 26 Instruments and controls TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip com puter push the side or front of the switches as shown above LQ switch switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the Ly switch Each time the switch A is pushed the display will change as follows Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte Outside air temperature ICY Setting Warning check 1 Current fuel consumption The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption 2 Average fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the aver age vehicle speed since the last reset Re setting is done by pushing the switch for longer tha
143. Automatic Transmission models This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P position If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P position or push the igni tion switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 7 PUSH warning Automatic Transmission models This warning appears when the selector lever is moved to the P position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears Instruments and controls 2 23 To push the ignition switch to the OFF po sition perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selec tor lever to P PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 8 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the Intelli gent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the bat tery with a new one See Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section 9 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models This indicator appears when the shift lever is in the N position Th
144. Automatic climate control TYPE A Automatic climate control TYPE B 4 29 In cabin MICTOPLCT ssescessaccccsssccvisssiesassasaicess 4 31 Servicing climate CONtIOl cccceeceeeeees 4 31 Audio SVSUCM sescicessncverconvextcsavesdoseecesseneetacesuens 4 32 Audio operation precautions 008 4 32 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD Chana OM sonare cecdbiessveeascatosnieeis 4 40 CompactFlash CF player operation models with navigation system 4 44 MUSIC BOX hard disk drive audio system models with navigation system 4 46 CD CF CompactFlash care and cleaning 4 54 Steering wheel mounted controls for PVC 1 E AEE sues sciwack E E A E ET 4 56 TANDE a PEE E AE E 4 57 Auxiliary input JACKS sessseesseesoessooesoosseo 4 57 Car phone or CB radio sseessoessosssoessssssossso 4 58 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so SQUID DCO renessansi 4 58 Models with navigation system 06 4 61 Models without navigation system 4 68 Speaker adaptation SA mode 4 77 Troubleshooting guide ccecceceeceeeees 4 80 INFINITI Voice Recognition System models Using THE System sesdciceccecessacctssueccewssncsusnas 4 89 with navigation system ccccecsecececeececees 4 81 Voice command learning function 4 92 Command liSt sisiviieuiateervisdas tines ate oneies 4 81 Troubleshooting guide
145. Before starting the Engine ccceecceeeeee 5 9 Break in SCHEduIe ccssssssceceeessesceeeees 5 41 Capacities and recommended fuel lUBriCaNtS accansacasiecasesiashaaeieusastasaouaeeanaeensents 9 2 Changing engine coolant cccssecceseees 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter 8 10 Checking engine coolant level 006 8 8 Checking engine oil level cseeccceeeeee 8 9 Coolant temperature ZauQe ccccsesceees 2 8 Engine block heater csissccsseiccnscccssesssseessercct 5 54 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 Engine cooling SYSTEM icaudcsnvcverccdenwensarenacede 8 8 Engine Dill 5 oscctoncaueseaasanseteratcaaasesamadacvaseatencees 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil viscosity ososccossncsanscanesdsvaveseavenaaess 9 5 Engine serial number sesssseessseossseessseessse 9 10 Engine specifications ssssssseessssseesessseeess 9 7 If your vehicle overheats ccsssssseceeees 6 10 Starting the engine essessssosseeseesseesseosseess 5 9 Entry exit function Automatic drive DOSITIONED savistissaviauatuansiuaontiwtsasieaiieasiniasivatannieas 3 26 Event data recorders sssssesesosssossesesesososososoe 9 20 Exhaust gas Carbon monoxide sccccceeeeees 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Filter Air cleaner housing filter cccceeeeees 8 19 Changing engine oil and f
146. Brake CMU va ectee ape Secs nciiceumeeeicienuaeensiaaaneesevars 8 13 Clutch Ud Gotsecereesesctensnseseasctoncssracswoeueeasesseues 8 14 Window washer fluid eosoesssessoessoessoessosssseeo 8 14 BAO orrian E 8 15 UIT Starting eersirsro nnen a 8 16 Variable voltage control system eeee 8 17 Drive DOS orcecsucciiost eves wasedacesenscentecassesasteascoie 8 17 Spark PIUSS cc b assesses coneasengonaeaasssareaseccsanetesconsaee 8 18 Replacing Spark plugs ceceeeececeeeeees 8 18 Air CUBANO sesso caves avo ce putea cae vncesonnoes eaeusse aes 8 19 Windshield wiper bladesS cecececeeesceees 8 19 Cleanina casdnduadwensandsecenaeeasedienessexseleecansoseuens 8 19 Replacing conics rcacstrerseceseccasnsecscescaveeeoe seseese 8 20 Pei GCCS 222 sce canaacedecseesoueeasanensesesneessesoesceanassconass 8 21 Self adjusting brakes ccccecesceceeceeees 8 21 Brake pad wear indicators ceceeeees 8 21 PSS ass geass eee ees centres ea E TS 8 22 Engine compartment sceceeesceececeecees 8 22 Passenger compartment sssssssosesssesese 8 23 Intelligent Key battery replacement 8 23 LASTS AEAEE I VOAS I ENTIA 8 25 Headlights n ctnaivvssdarexsicateaverendaasnedeXewialasseuess 8 26 Exterior and interior lights 0c00e 8 26 Wheels and tires s osoeesoossoessossssessoessosssoseo 8 28 Tire preSSUre seessseoessosessseeesooeeesosessooseeo
147. C 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system _ _ NISSAN A C System Oil lubricants Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see later in this paragraph for fuel recommendation 2 3 A 5 6 X7 8 9 For additional information see later in this paragraph for engine oil and oil filter recommendation Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty Available in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Engine oil in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C DEXRON II MERCON or equivalent may also be used Outside the continental United States and Alaska contact an INFINITI dealer for more information regarding suitable fluids including recommended brand s of DEXRON III MERCON automatic transmission fluid For additional information see Vehicle identification in this section for air conditioner specification label For Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF DEXRON IIl MERCON or equivalent ATF
148. D WASHER SWITCH 4A WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solu tion may freeze on the windshield and ob scure your vision which may lead to an acci dent Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield AX CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continuously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reser voir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water The windshield wiper and washer oper ates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed 1 Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper interval function is turned on the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the in termittent operation speed will be faster To turn this function on and off see How to use SETTING button
149. Driving faster than 85 MPH 137 km h may result in tire failure loss of control and pos sible injury For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION TIRE PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT PNEU FRONT NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 2a ORIGINAL SIZE TAILLE ORIGINALE COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROIDS F spe owner s A MANUAL FOR ONT ADDITIONAL Pa ee avant X avant IP XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI INFORMATION X REAR ARRI RE REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs POUR D AUTRES D TALS P XXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI ean AU MANUEL DU E CONDUCTEUR T XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI SPAR DE SECOURS TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEU ET INFORMATION DE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL FRONT REAR TOTAL AVANT ARRIERE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs 20ids combin d occupants et de cargaison ne devrait jamais exc der XX kg ou XX Ibs ORIGINAL SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE EREA AA TAILLE ORIGINALE P XXX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION POUR D AUTRES DE A TAILS SE REPOR
150. E CONTROL MODE OPERATION Always pay attention to the operation of the vehicle and be ready to manually con trol the proper following distance The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode of the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sys tem may not be able to maintain the se lected distance between vehicles follow ing distance or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances The vehicle to vehicle distance control mode uses a sensor A located on the front of the vehicle to detect vehicles trav eling ahead The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead Therefore if the sensor cannot detect the reflector on the vehicle ahead the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the sig nals e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the ve hicle trailer etc e When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing damaged or covered Starting and driving 5 23 e When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt snow and road spray e When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When dense exhaust or other smoke black smoke from vehicles reduces the sensor s visibility e When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk of your vehicle e When your vehicle is towing a trailer etc The ICC syst
151. EA a EEE E 2 58 Pass through esssssssesseesscesecssecsseossroseceseerseee 1 7 Secondary trunk lid release secceee 3 20 TUNK VC ss ctises acteon seca conan evo senoatsocanseanececatesees 3 18 Trunk VOD svicesscvecceieccetsnuceunseisgvenemtanceycancen 2 51 Turn signal switch lt 2 cise ctaneaceaeeceanenradoereremerae 2 39 U Underbody cleaning cccccssssssscecesssscecceneeees 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading eee eeeseeeeees 9 17 V Vanity mirror WSIS cisasesstrcantocssstesaiwuiasieavoevinsss 2 58 Variable voltage control system cceseeee 8 17 Vehicle DIMENSIONS x wiicseretiesdasiesnitereduaieoeuneercrandsandans 9 8 Identification number VIN cceeeece eee ee 9 9 Loading information sevssdevnesxsseneticncwsieowedawes 9 13 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 Security system esssesssesseesseosseosscossessseos 2 29 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off SWIC Mic catia deseatuewsaaseawsatantieaseadanvitasinaswsgenst 2 42 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 50 Vehicle information and settings GIS BAY EITE TAIE TEE E T TE 4 9 Ventilators ssororsneeieieneaie neiaa 4 25 Voice command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System esesssesseseeceessssseseeceesessssseeceeeee 4 71 Voice command See INFINITI voice recognition system eeeeesessssseceeeessssses 4 12 4 81 Voice recognition system ssesseeseesseesseosseess 4 81 W Warning labels Air bag
152. FINITI recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unau thorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing pro cedure please contact an_ INFINITI dealer 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments Sy SPA2033 REMOVING THE MECHANICAL KEY e Release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key and remove the me chanical key as illustrated e Reinsert the mechanical key into the Intelligent Key by pressing it firmly back into place Make sure the lock knob has properly latched and the mechanical key cannot move HOW TO USE THE MECHANICAL KEY Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors trunk lid glove box and trunk pass through lid See Doors and Trunk lid later in this section Storage in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box and the trunk from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the CANCEL side 2 Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key 3 Lock the glove box and the trunk pass through with the mechanical key
153. FINITI supports efforts to wards cleaner air and suggests that you use reformulated gasoline when avail able Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain ing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and methanol with or without advertising their presence INFINITI does not recom mend the use of fuels of which the oxy genate content and the fuel compatibility for your INFINITI cannot be readily deter mined If in doubt ask your service sta tion manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that rec ommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should con tain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol me thyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appro priate cosolvents and corrosion inhibi tors If not properly formulated with ap propriate cosolvents and corrosion in hibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or ve hicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suit able for use in INFINITI vehicles If any undesirable driv
154. For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Informa tion US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the INFINITI Warranty Informa tion Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield re paired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe prop erly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing periodic maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mecha nism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the se lector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see an INFINITI dealer im mediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill wit
155. Foreword Your INFINITI represents a new way of thinking about vehicle design It inte grates advanced engineering and supe rior craftsmanship with a simple refined aesthetic sensitivity associated with tra ditional Japanese culture The result is a different notion of luxury and beauty The car itself is important but so is the sense of harmony that the vehicle evokes in its driver and the sense of satisfaction you feel with the INFINITI from the way it looks and drives to the high level of dealer service To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI to the fullest we encourage you to read this Owner s Manual immediately It explains all of the features controls and perfor mance characteristics of your INFINITI it also provides important instructions and safety information A separate Warranty Information Booklet is in cluded in your Owner s literature portfolio The INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide ex plains details about maintaining and servicing your vehicle Always carry it with you when you take your vehicle to an INFINITI dealer The Warranty Information Booklet contents pro vide complete information about all warranties covering this vehicle the requirements to keep the warranties in effect as well as the INFINITI Roadside Assistance program Additionally a separate Customer Care and Lemon Law Information Booklet will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clari
156. GVWR 4A WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or col lision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maxi mum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a prema ture tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and per Technical and consumer information 9 15 sonal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not ex ceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight rat ings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the rat ings 9 16 Techn
157. ILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH 4A WARNING Attach LATCH compatible child re straints only at the locations shown For the LATCH lower anchor locations see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH in this section If a child restraint is not secured properly your child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident The LATCH anchors are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circumstance are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses Inspect the lower anchors by inserting your fingers into the lower anchor area and feeling to make sure there are no ob structions over the LATCH anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion ma terial The child restraint will not be se cured properly if the LATCH anchors are obstructed Front facing step 2 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using LATCH 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions Front facing step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at tachments to the LATCH lower an chors The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seat back If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating posi tion or a different child restraint
158. K esssssesseessseossseessseessseessseeo 3 5 WGC WG scccascecaneenessaeanceusatteaeeeatewianederssesec 3 18 Low tire pressure warning light ccccceees 2 16 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 0008 5 3 M Maintenance Battery scsinuetateatsaunttodoucareiestsacasterstsanautematon 8 15 General maintenance cccesccessceesceeeeees 8 2 Indicators for maintenance dot matrix 2 25 Inside the vehicle scascascceaseviccesbsscseasavesuanenies 8 3 Maintenance precautions sssesssesssosseosseess 8 5 Maintenance requirementsS ssssesseessessee 8 2 Outside the vehicle ssesssseesseessceseesseesseess 8 2 Seat belt maintenance esesssesssesesesscessceseee 1 15 Under the hood and vehicle ssssseseseesssees 8 4 Malfunction indicator light MIL seeeees 2 19 Walp IE PILS cascera rens rin enon Ern ernn 2 56 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner 3 28 Meter Trip computer ssssssseessesseesseosseosscoseesses 2 27 Meters and gaUgeS sesssessseescesscsseceseceseessceseee 2 6 Meters and gauges Instrument brightness CONO leae a EE 2 39 Mirror Automatic anti glare inside mirror 3 25 Inside MIOT eesssssesssesscesscsseessecssressceseesseees 3 24 Outside MitTOTS essssssssseesseeeseesscesseoseresseesse 3 25 Monitor Rearview monitor sssessesseseeseesscsecsseeee 4 21 Music Box hard disk drive audio system 4 46 N
159. K Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e ENGINE OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e OIL FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires DISPLAY There are 3 submenus under the display menu e BACK Select this submenu to return to the top page of the setting mode e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English or French for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the metric unit from MPG or 100 km 7 Warning check SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed Select this menu to see the details of warnings SECURITY SYSTEMS Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security e INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides vi sual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or trunk lid when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that acti
160. N The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions e When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments When the adjusting switch for the driv ers seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the memory switch 1 or 2 is not pushed for at least 1 second When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory switch When the parking brake is released MT models When the speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h while the parking brake is ap plied MT models To restart the drive positioner system move the parking brake to off and on When the engine is started while mov ing the automatic drive positioner When the AT selector lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position However it will not be can celed if the switch is pushed while the seat and steering column are returning to the previous positions entry exit function When the driver s door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the igni tion switch is not in the ON position The seat synchronization function is automatically disabled if the outside mirrors or steering wheel reaches its maximum adjustment The seat synchronization function will not move if the seat is adjusted over one of the fol
161. N OFF button P 4 9 8 AM FM SAT band selector button P 4 32 9 DISC AUX selector button P 4 20 P 4 32 12 INFO vehicle and navigation infor mation button P 4 9 13 SETTING button P 4 13 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 Without navigation system 1 AUX button P 4 20 2 RADIO AM FM band selector button P 4 32 3 INFINITI controller P 4 4 4 OFF brightness control and dis play ON OFF button P 4 9 5 INFO vehicle information button P 4 9 6 DISC selector button P 4 32 7 STATUS status display button P 4 9 8 SETTING button P 4 13 When you use this system make sure the engine is running If you use the system with the engine not running ignition ON or ACC for a long time it will use up all the battery power and the engine will not start 4 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems With navigation system HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons 2 or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial G and push the ENTER button 1 for operation If you push the BACK button 4 before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After
162. NE 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 22 2 Battery P 8 15 3 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 4 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 13 5 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Trans mission models P 8 14 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 14 7 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 12 8 Air cleaner P 8 18 9 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 10 Drive belts P 8 17 11 Coolant reservoir P 8 8 12 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SC lS EP E E O A ten sousetecscnsues saseeenesieesens 1 2 Front SeatsS eeoossessossseooossssocsssssssesseosens 1 2 Head reStraint cccccccceccecccecccccceccecccecees 1 5 Arm OSE aran E EEEa 1 7 Seat belts sosiaa inae 1 8 Precautions on seat belt USAae 000 1 8 CUMING Sal OU cues ciccsescnesueeoiecnteseiceeesecaretestee 1 10 Pregnant WOMEN cccccsccceccccccccccccccccescces 1 11 Injured DEVS ONS veesscssaccivecsscexstecsassuseserevessnaes 1 11 Three point type seat belt eee eee 1 12 Seat belt extenders ccc cceeccecceeceecceecs 1 15 Seat belt Maintenance cccccesceeceeceeees 1 15 Child restraints cccccecsceccecccecccccecceccescees 1 16 Precautions on child restraints 1 16 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system LATCH ccceccececsccscecsccecececceces 1 18 Top tether strap child
163. NING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be acti Instruments and controls 2 53 vated when the window is closed by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds af ter the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window oc curs If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initial ize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 2 Open the window more than halfway by operating the power window switch 3 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 4 Release the power window switch Op erate the window by the automatic 2 54 Instruments and controls function to confirm the initialization is complete 5 Perform steps 2 through 4 above for other windows I
164. NITI con troller and push the ENTER button 3 After viewing or adjusting the informa tion on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the IN FORMATION menu For the items Traffic Info Where am 12 GPS Satellite Info and Navigation Version refer to the separate Naviga Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 fh Fsi corony E N Mme E y O R i Oo ee Without navigation system tion System Owner s Manual i Information gt Fuel Economy 34 miles Aj Fuel Economy average CLIO Fuel EconomyO 10 20 Zowect_Reset_ Distance to Empty Cir Fuel Economy Record Fuel Economy information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy shown on the right side bar will be dis played for reference To reset the Average Fuel Economy use the INFINITI controller to highlight the Reset key and push the ENTER button If the View key is highlighted with the INFINITI controller and the ENTER button is pushed the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous 4 10 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Li Information gt Fuel Economy Record MPG O00000000 epogOO0OOC MUUUUUUUUU Reset Interval Latest Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See How to use SE
165. NITI dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the auto matic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions for belt routing Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 3 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up fully extended At this time the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any belt retractor is in the automatic lock slack in the belt ing mode child restraint mode It re verts to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 Rear facing step 5 Remove any additional slack from the child restraint press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com press the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Rear facing ste p 6 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child re
166. NSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is re quired we recommend an INFINITI dealer for servicing 4X CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic trans mission which is not covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty The specified automatic transmission fluid is also described on caution labels located on the flip side of the hood POWER STEERING FLUID D eu Q iu MAX COLD MIN SDI1765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range Q HOT MAX 2 HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range G COLD MAX 4 COLD MIN at fluid tem peratures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C 4A CAUTION e Do not overfill e Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equiva lent BRAKE FLUID or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line 4 If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by an INFINITI dealer For further brake fluid specification infor mation refer to Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information section of this manual AX CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur faces This will damage the pain
167. OT IN THE VEHICLE A key number plate is sup plied with your key Keep the plate in a safe place INFINITI does not record key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concern ing the purchase and use of additional In telligent Keys contact an INFINITI dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key func tions become canceled Contact an INFINITI dealer 4X CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelligent Key isa precision device with a built in transmit ter To avoid damaging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the In telligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is completely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelli gent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a televi sion set or personal computer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function e If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen IN
168. Rear JODDD0G00000 Front Precision Phased Audio oor A Speed Sensitive Vol Precision Phased Audio if so equipped When this item is turned to ON super high pitch sound and super low pitch sound are emphasized and midrange sound is played naturally Speed Sensitive Vol Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from OFF 0 to 5 4 14 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Display AA De en a F Brightness feom o JE Background Color DDO00000100000000 With navigation system Display settings The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting Display key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push the 3e OFF button for more than 2 sec onds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for fur ther operation The screen will turn off au tomatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the 7 OFF button Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key and push the ENTER button Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker o
169. SteM ccccesceceeeee 3 14 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 15 FOGG sex dicccsinesepnavetens cone secouteneteumeesneasieaedeueetereseends 3 17 THUG IC NCL escecanoeweden sae E 3 18 Trunk lid release SWItCH ccscececeeeees 3 18 Trunk open request SWItCH ccceceeeees 3 18 Trunk release power cancel switch 3 19 Interior trunk lid release cece eceeeeeee 3 19 Secondary trunk lid release c000e 3 20 FUuel filler COOK ccccscececescscscecescecscescscecess 3 20 Opening the fuel filler door 008 3 20 PUCITINGE AID ceecccsecbeteetseccesessaedesseeewecionseeeese 3 21 Tilting telescopic steering column 3 22 Manual Operation cccscscscescscececeeeees 3 22 Electric operation sssssesssssseesoessoeesoeeseee 3 23 SU VI OTS aeo SE 3 23 AULE ET O O EI E A E T 3 24 Inside TIN ON ocssrcrissseceiereiisrireriserireresineeii 3 24 Qu tside MirrOrS cctneiwecavesocsexcuwssecovoewtwewoesabes 3 25 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 26 Entry exit function Automatic Transmission MoOdelS ccceccecescscecees 3 26 Seat synchronization function 3 27 Memory storage ccccscccsccscccsccsscescenees 3 28 System operation ssessssessssosessossssoossssoseseo 3 29 KEYS INTELLIGENT KEY The Intelligent Key uses coded radio sig nals to communicate with
170. System set display with vehicle ahead 2 System set display without vehicle ahead System operation 4A WARNING Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead this system automatically ac celerates or decelerates your vehicle ac cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead Depress the accelerator to properly acceler 5 30 Starting and driving ate your vehicle when acceleration is re quired for a lane change Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to main tain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in Always stay alert when using the ICC system The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions The ICC system maintains the set vehicle speed similar to standard cruise control as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead The ICC system displays the set speed Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead the ICC system decelerates the ve hicle by controlling the throttle and ap plying the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead The system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance The stoplights of the vehicle come on and the brake pedal depresses when braking is performed by the ICC system When the brake operates a noise may be heard This is not a malfunction When a vehicle ahead is detected the ve
171. T switch 3 for more than 1 second to reset the currently displayed trip odometer to zero Average fuel economy and distance to empty information is also available Refer to DOT MATRIX CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section and How to use STATUS button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section later in this manual Instruments and controls 2 7 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 A amp A CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear Operating the engine in the red zone may cause Serious en gine damage 2 8 Instruments and controls ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone 1 shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature will vary with the outside air temperature and driv ing conditions 4 amp CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem perature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible If the engine is overheated contin ued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See If your vehicle overheats in the 6 In case of emergency section f
172. TAL DISPLAY The dot matrix liquid crystal display Q is located between the tachometer and the speedometer and it displays the auto matic transmission position indicator the Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system if so equipped information the Intelligent Key operation information and other warnings and information For details about the automatic transmis sion position indicator see Indicator lights earlier in this section For details about the ICC system see Intelligent cruise control system in the 5 Starting and driving section For the details about the Intelligent Key system see Intelli gent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 21 2 22 Instruments and controls WARNING RELEASE RANGE PARKING BRAKE DOOR IN TRUNK n OPEN INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator Automatic Transmission models This indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Steering lock release malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 3 Intelligent Key insertion indicator This indi
173. TE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator replace the battery as soon as possible See Intelligent Key battery replacement in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section AX CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelli gent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause damage to the equipment e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the wrong direction e Remove the Intelligent Key from the In telligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Make sure the periodical maintenance is being performed e Make sure all windows and lights are clean e Make sure of the proper inflation of tires and their conditions e Make sure to lock all doors e Make sure to adjust seats and head restraints e Make sure to adjust inside and out side mirrors e Make sure to fasten seat belts and di rect all passengers to do likewise e Make sure to check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position STARTING THE ENGINE 1 Apply the parking brake 2 Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P or N position P is recommended The starter is designed s
174. TER ARRIERE P XXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI AU MANUEL OU s TXXX XXRXX XXX kPa XX PSI Tire and loading information label 1 Seating capacity The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself CONDUCTEUR Vehicle load limit See loading in formation in the 9 Technical and consumer information section 3 Original size The size of the tires Originally installed on the vehicle at the factory 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR 5 Tire size refer to Tire labeling later in this section 6 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compar
175. TER button Select English or Fran ais for your fa vorite display appearance Select Units Choose the Select Units key and push the ENTER button Select US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display ap pearance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Settings gt Language Units l sema O A Psem SSCS Goo TCC S Y Language Units settings models without navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Language Units key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Select Language Choose the Select Language key and push the ENTER button From the fol lowing display select English Fran ais or Espa ol for your favorite display appearance Select Units Choose the Select Units key and push the ENTER button From the following dis play select US Mile F MPG or Met ric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance 4 20 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FE AUX gt Settings OCD o Display Mode HOW TO USE AUX BUTTON Images being played can be switched to the center display if NTSC compatible de vices are connected to the auxiliary input jacks in the center console See Auxil iary input jacks later in this section Push the AUX
176. TTING button later in this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a mal function Li Information gt Maintenance P Reninser el 3 Reminder 2 Reminder 3 a sD miles JE Reminder 4 Maintenance information To set the maintenance interval for Re minders 1 to 4 choose an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be performed The following example shows how to set Reminder 1 Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information os Information gt Reminder 1 a A Reset Distance interval Cone 8 6000 12000 18000 Interval Reminder 6000 12000 18000 miles Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule Set the interval mileage of the main tenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To display the reminder automatically when the set trip distance is reached highlight the Interval Reminder key with the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button To return the display to MAINTENANCE INFO push the BACK button Maintenance information display cannot be operated when the vehicle is moving
177. The satellite radio mode will be skipped unless an optional satellite receiver and antenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscrip tion is active Satellite radio is not avail able in Alaska Hawaii and Guam Satellite radio performance may be af fected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the sat ellite antenna COMPACT ISE DIGITAL AUDIO R g Y Y gt r y lm Compact Disc CD player e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot func tion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high De crease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGITAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sun light CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not w
178. To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button complete the fol lowing 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds posi tion the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held trans mitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 2 62 Instruments and controls The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but ton has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just pro grammed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but tons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional in formation When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni versal Transceiver with your new transmit ter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This de vice must
179. UPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side impact air bag systems are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration 4 SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the sur face of the sun visors 2 SRS side impact air bag The warning label is located on the side of the passenger s side center pillar SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light displaying in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt The circuits monitored by the supplemental air bag warning light are the diagnosis sensor unit satellite sensors crash zone sensor front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain side impact air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 49 modules and all related wiring and pre tensioner seat belt After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemen tal air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is opera tional If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag systems and pre tensioner seat belt need servicing e The supplemental air ba
180. UTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Shifting To move the selector lever Push the button while depressing the brake pedal Push the button Just move the selector lever After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive DS Drive Sport or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be se Starting and driving 5 11 lected without pushing the button 4A WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not run ning Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be de pressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park po sition A amp A CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is 5 12 Starting and driving completely stopped R R
181. Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See List of voice commands earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the ve hicle System fails to interpret the command cor rectly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker See Speaker adaptation SA mode earlier in this section 1 Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed The system consistently selects the wrong en by using the List Names command See Phone book earlier in this section try from the phone book 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 80 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system INFINITI Voice Recognition allows hands
182. a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the signal reception is too bad or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection disruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connec tion the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for trou bleshooting help Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone charges cellular phone antenna and body etc The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna dis play of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the outgoing volume may improve the clarity 4 60 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Regulatory information
183. acenote MusiclID Ser vice The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warranties express or implied regard ing the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data cat egories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or cat egories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its online services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PAR TICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OB TAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in mu sic recognition technology and
184. ad the vehicle is carrying and the road conditions If the AFS OFF indicator light blinks after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position this may indicate that the AFS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Instruments and controls 2 37 When the engine is started the head lights will vibrate to check the system condition This is not a malfunction BRIGHTNESS MAX BRIGHTNESS BRIGHTNESS MIN 2 38 Instruments and controls Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position When the switch is operated the dot matrix liquid crystal dis play switches to the brightness adjust ment mode Push the upper switch A to brighten the instrument panel lights The bar 1 moves to the side When reaching the maximum brightness MAX appears on the display 2 Push the lower switch 8 to dim the in strument panel lights The bar 1 moves to the side When reaching the minimum brightness MIN appears on the display G However MIN does not appear during the nighttime The dot matrix liquid crystal display re turns to the normal display under the fol lowing conditions e when the instrument brightness con trol switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds side or front of the z switch or switch on the right side of the combination meter pan
185. air jew elry or clothing to come into contact with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time when the coolant temperature is high 7 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest INFINITI dealer If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Pro vincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your ve hicle Towing instructions are available from an INFINITI dealer Local service op erators will generally be familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your ve hicle INFINITI recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions 4A WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck In case of emergency 6 11 4 amp CAUTION e When towing make sure that the trans
186. al operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by an INFINITI dealer Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the three way catalyst Do not race the engine while warming it up TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufac turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indi cated on the vehicle placard or tire infla tion pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illumi nates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substi Starting and driving 5 3 tute for proper tir
187. altitude ar eas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 25 3rd to 4th 25 40 4th to 5th 30 50 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe 5 16 Starting and driving posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Gear MPH km h 1st 39 63 2nd 64 103 3rd 92 148 4th 5th 6th PARKING BRAKE Automatic transmission models To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal 1 To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 2 Depress the parking brake pedal 1 and the parking brake will be re leased 3 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE AA WARNING CONTROL e If the cruise control system malfunc tions it will cancel automaticall
188. an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH 4A WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vechicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the selector lever to the P Park position for automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for manual trans mission model LOCK gt ACC ON When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal auto matic transmission model or the clutch pedal manual transmission model the ignition switch position will change as fol lows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates e Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition switch is equipped with an anti theft steering lock device The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to OFF until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward th
189. an 2 seconds to switch the mode from one to the other When pushing the buttons to set the haz ard indicator mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set the haz ard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD ae AND onmo oP HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once e HAZARD 3 times Push a for more than 2 sec Push 9 for more than 2 sec a L azar mocan MODE HAZARD HAZARD INDICATOR MODE MODE 3 HOOD 1 2 Pull the hood lock release handle 1 located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever 2 up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood When closing the hood slowly close the hood down to latch both the right and left locks Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place 4A WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 TRUNK LID 4A WARNING Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See Exhaust gas in the 5 Starting and driving sec tion of this manual Closely supervise children when
190. and less than 20 lb 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child re straints Front facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4A WARNING Infants and children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an acci dent an improperly fitting seat belt could cause Serious or fatal injury Always use ap propriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small chil dren See Child restraints later in this section Also there are other types of child re straints available for larger children for additional protection INFINITI recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat According to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is es pecially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint system air bag system for the front passenger See Supplemental restraint system later in this section
191. another position from R Ob jects may be distorted momentarily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunc tion When strong light directly enters the camera objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen This is due to strong re flected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluores cent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be 4 24 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems clear in a dark place or at night This is not a malfunction If dirt rain or Snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not clearly display objects Clean the cam era Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discoloration To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with di luted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely af fected Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water VENTILATORS AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL 4A WARNING e The air conditioner coo
192. anual transmission e Always tow with the manual transmis sion in Neutral e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Qual ity Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires de pends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B and C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete
193. ard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious inju ries However an inflating side air bag and curtain side impact air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries Supple mental side air bags and curtain side impact air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated up right as far as practical away from the supplemental side air bag Rear seat pas sengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain side impact air bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the out of position occupants Because of this the force of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during in flation The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 sec onds if the systems are operational 4A WARNING Do not place any objects near the seat back of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental si
194. are de signed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the in formation cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The supplemental side air bags and cur 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system tain side impact air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not al ways an indication of proper supple mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag operation When the supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by re lease of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a his tory of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Supplemental side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain side impact air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outbo
195. arm rest P 1 7 Rear cup holders P 2 46 Console box Power outlet P 2 44 Auxiliary input jacks P 4 57 Front cup holders P 2 46 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 COCKPIT 6 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 34 7 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 13 8 Steering wheel mounted controls Left side ENTER or tuning switch P 4 7 P 4 55 BACK switch P 4 55 TALK switch P 4 81 Phone switch P 4 58 Volume control switches P 4 55 Source select switch P 4 55 9 Trip computer switch P 2 21 10 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 32 11 Steering wheel mounted controls Right side Cruise control switches P 5 17 Intelligent Cruise Control ICC switches if so equipped P 5 19 12 Hood release handle P 3 17 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF 4 Instrument brightness control switch 13 Intell t K rt P 5 8 switch P 2 42 P 2 38 HES Honey porti 14 Electric tilting telescopic steerin 2 Trunk lid release switch P 3 18 5 TRIP RESET switch for twin trip odom wheel switch te o daoi lichti eter P 2 7 3 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS 15 Manual tilting telescopic steering switch if so equipped P 2 37 wheel switch if so equipped P 3 22 0 6 Illustrated table of contents 16 Steering wheel Horn P 2 40 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 35 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 INSTRUMENT PANEL
196. as playing immedi ately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOLUME control knob turns the system off Turn the ON OFF VOLUME control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods refer to How to use SETTING button earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect func tions as follows if so equipped e Precision Phased Audio e Speed Sensitive Volume For more details see Vehicle information and settings earlier in this section FM AM SAT radio operation or radio FM AM SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows Without satellite radio AM FM AM With satellite radio AM FM SAT XM SR AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station channel played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pushed to ON The satellite radio mode will be skipped un less an optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is
197. ashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK B button on the Intelligent Key again within 5 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors will unlock Any door should be opened within 1 minute after the door is unlocked Other wise all the doors will be locked again au tomatically Opening windows To open the windows push the door UN LOCK gg button on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is un locked To stop opening release the UNLOCK g button Window cannot be closed using the Intel ligent Key The door windows can be opened or closed by turning the metal key in a door lock See Doors earlier in this section Opening trunk lid 1 Push the TRUNK button G on HOLD the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 1 Push the PANIC 3p button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and head lights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e it has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn m
198. at recep tion However there are some general charac teristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality ina moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given recep tion area and do not indicate any mal function in your INFINITI radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and in terference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception 4 32 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 mile 40 to 48 km e AM 60 to 130 mile 97 to 209 km FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhib iting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off ob jects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the sig nals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signa
199. ated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front pas senger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occupied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illumi nated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat prop erly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system light may or may not be illuminated de pending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated in dicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is in stalled properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is still not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your INFINITI dealer can check that the sy
200. atic transmission position indicator light SERVICE p ENGINE M SOON BRAKE OF Fy gt AWD 4WAS CRUISE The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped Ar gt ABS OF CHECK If any light does not come on it may indi cate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Blue Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light Some indicators and warnings are also displayed on the dot matrix crystal dis play between the speedometer and ta chometer See Dot matrix crystal dis play later in this section Instruments and controls 2 13 WARNING LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models The awp warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the di ameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See All Wheel Drive AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section A amp A CAUTION e ifthe warning light comes on while driv ing there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI deale
201. available the system will use memory B to store the model If both of the memory locations are in use the system will ask the user to select which memory location should be overwritten Training procedure The procedure for training a voice is as follows 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park 3 Press and hold the w button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND amp button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adaptation mode 5 Press the button 6 Voice memory A or memory B is Se lected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions provided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin the press the WC button 8 The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Follow the instructions to regis ter your name 11 The system will announce that speaker adaptation has been com pleted and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if e The w button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode e The vehicle is dr
202. ay be possible to start the engine DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close dis tance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have dif ficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle After locking with the door handle re quest switch verify the doors are se curely locked by testing them To prevent the Intelligent Key from be ing left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors To prevent the Intelligent Key from be ing left inside the trunk make sure you carry the key with you and then close the trunk Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle re quest switch can be set to remain in active See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you carry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door han
203. ay by Artist E Play by Album wwo ooo fowm o i i i Payor Cawsey E There are some options available during playback Select one of the following that are displayed on the screen if necessary Menu Refer to the following information for each item e Play by Artist Plays songs by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order e Play by Category Plays music from one of the following categories My Favorites Hit Songs Kids Songs and Rarely Played Search Artists Displays a list of artists in alpha betical order Selecting an artist dis plays all of the tracks by the artist and starts playing the first track U w gt Q A 2 Music Box gt Menu Search Artists JE Search Albums TAD scaron songo SOSCSC B search Keywords SSSCS Edit Albums d il ii e Play by Album Plays tracks in each album The al bums are sorted in alphabetical order e Play by Date Plays tracks in each album The al bums are sorted in order of the date when they were stored in the system e Play by Mood Plays music from one of the following moods Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music and Upbeat Music Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 Search Albums JE Search Song Details JE Search Keywords Edit Albums Music Box System Info U w gt Q A 2 Music Box gt Menu il
204. ayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN The category of the track can also be set to Rock Pop Latin Jazz R amp B Hip Hop Club Dance Punk Reggae Folk Blues Country Metal Easy Listening New Age Soundtrack Gospel amp Reli gious World Classical Children s and Others Remove Track Reset the mood setting of a track Restoring deleted data Deleted music data can be restored by performing the following 1 Select the Menu key and then the Music Box System Info key on the screen Select the Deleted Items key and then the Album Track key Select the Restore Album Track key to restore the deleted music data You can also listen to the beginning of each track that has been deleted by per forming the following 1 Select the Menu key and then the Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 51 Music Box System Info key on the Recording Quality screen Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 132 kbps Title Text Priority Set the priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the Gracenote Database or set to CD TEXT to acquire the information from CDs Delete ALL Music Box Data Delete all music data stored on the hard disk 2 Select the Deleted Items key and Music B Music Box Setti then the Play Sample key o usic Box gt Music B
205. c onds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your INFINITI dealer check and repair the trans mission or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the light comes on when the park ing brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the en gine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See Brake fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by an INFINITI dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illu minate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by an INFINITI dealer promptly Avoid high speed driving and abrupt braking See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this sec tion 4A WARNING e Your brake system
206. case of emergency Roadside assistance Program ccccscsceceeeees 6 2 PA AU A A A A E E A EA E 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 2 Changing a flat tire ccciscsscssecscausssssevcssvwwsnsewss 6 3 MTD Starting isessiidiescidissiassirinerinin tarius inni 6 8 Push starting iicssicdiadnawinweoessseenedisereitusvieantonaaan 6 10 If your vehicle Overheats cccecscececescscecees 6 10 Towing your vehicle sseesssessoessosssoessosssseeso 6 11 Towing recommended by INFINITI 6 12 Vehicle recovery Freeing a stuck WOM CIE cites catnneierscaetasececiuecanssercesemaacsstarsies 6 15 ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year unlimited mileage Roadside Assistance plan In the event of a roadside emergency Roadside Assistance Service is available to you Please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Information Booklet Canada for details Both the Warranty Information Booklet and Roadside Assistance Calling Card in your Owner s Literature Portfolio provide the Toll Free Number to call for assistance Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hours a day 365 days a year for 4 years from the date sold to give emergency roadside help in the event of mechanical or nonmechanical trouble s such as flat tires out of gas dead battery lost keys mechanical breakdown accident etc 6 2 In case of emergency FLAT TIRE
207. cated device but it cannot prevent ac cidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain ve hicle control during braking on slippery sur faces Remember that stopping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ulti mately the driver is responsible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect brak ing effectiveness When replacing tires install the speci fied size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label See Tire and Loading In formation label in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual For detailed information see Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS con trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By pre venting each wheel from locking the sys tem helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize
208. cator appears when the Intelli gent Key needs to be inserted into the In telligent Key port For example the Intel ligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the Intelli gent Key into the Intelligent Key port in the correct direction See Push button ig nition switch in the 5 Starting and driv ing section 4 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the Intelligent Key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intel ligent Key from the Intelligent Key port and take it with you when leaving the ve hicle 5 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the fol lowing conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog nized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See Intelligent Key system in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion for more details 6 SHIFT P warning
209. cesseeesseessseessseeese 2 7 Starting Before starting the engine eesssssessessseessees 5 9 JS SEATING ssssiisersesiserrosesseieisesrsses aissis 6 8 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push SUMING cccatsccusatcesccceswaissdanesaaneiancadans 6 10 Starting the engine cccssecsseceeseceeeees 5 9 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 43 Steering Four wheel active steer 4WAS system 5 52 Power steering fluid ccceeecesesceeesceees 8 12 Power Steering system ccsseccesscceeecees 5 45 Steering wheel mounted controls for a aac A E A 4 56 Tilting telescopic steering column 3 22 KON ASS E E E E A AE 2 46 SUN VISOTS osseiearsainesientaiantsansexineteietsneenisaiemens 3 23 Sunglasses hOolder ccccscccsssscesscesssceeseecees 2 48 SUMOO eere E E E E Eee 2 54 Automatic SUNTOOf esseeeseeeesseoesseossseessses 2 54 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 49 10 6 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 49 2 18 Supplemental restraint system ccceeeeeeeees 1 35 Precautions on supplemental restraint SY SU OI reais sesi naaca E a irana 1 35 Supplemental side impact and curtain side impact air bag system sesssssesesssescessssee 1 46 Switch Autolight switch sessseessesseeseecsecesseseeeseeens 2 35 Fog light switch sseesseeesseeesseeossecessecesseees 2 39 Hazard warning flasher switch 00 2 40 Headlight switch
210. ch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again 7 After starting your engine carefully disconnect the negative cable and an 5 positive cable G gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be con taminated with corrosive acid Put the battery cover and the engine compartment cover on 6 10 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing AA CAUTION Automatic transmission models cannot be push started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty amp Roadside Assistance Infor mation Booklet Canada IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS 4A WARNING Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious in
211. choose the location Once you have confirmed the name and location the system begins the call lt Number gt speak digits When prompted by the system say the number you wish to call Refer to How to say numbers and Making a call by en tering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed within the ve hicle NOTE The system will not redial the last number dialed by the handset keypad The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the sys tem announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Callback Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session During a call During a call there are several command options available Press the f button on the steering wheel to mute the receiv ing voice and enter commands e Help The system announces the available commands e Go back Correction The system announces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit The system an nounces Cancel ends the VR ses sion and retu
212. ck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi tioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Fed eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat 4A WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop PREGNANT WOMEN INFINITI recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific rec ommendations INJURED PERSONS INFINITI recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recom mendations Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syste
213. cks and adjustments 3 5 e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems sec tion OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE METAL KEY The driver s door key operation also al lows you to open and close all door win dows To open the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the ve hicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the Intelligent Key Refer to In telligent remote keyless entry system later in this section 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments To close the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the ve hicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the in side lock knob to the lock position then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switc
214. compass point when the vehicle Zone map instruments and controls 2 11 moves to an area where the geomag netism is stabilized AA CAUTION e Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the op eration of the compass e When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mir ror housing 2 12 Instruments and controls WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models Automatic transmission check warning light or Brake warning light Charge warning light Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS warning light if so equipped AT CHECK BRAKE light Orange if so equipped CHECKING BULBS Apply the parking brake and push the ig nition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on Intelligent Cruise Control ICC system warning KEY 0 Intelligent Key warning light Low tire pressure warning light Master warning light Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped Seat belt warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped Autom
215. ctioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If an abnor mality occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelli gent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelli gent Key with you when leaving the ve hicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the xaz or Z position and the igni tion switch is pushed to the ACC position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings When a brake pad requires re placement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo tion whether or not the brake pedal is de pressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYS
216. cycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center line of the lane A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator TCI m and sounding the chime The driver may have to manually control the proper dis tance away from vehicle traveling ahead Starting and driving 5 25 When driving on some roads such as winding hilly curved narrow roads or roads which are under construction the ICC sensor may detect vehicles in a differ ent lane or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The detection of vehicles may also be af fected by vehicle operation steering ma neuver or traveling position in the lane etc or vehicle condition If this occurs the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly You will have to 5 26 Starting and driving manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead the ICC will adjust the speed to maintain the distance selected by the driver from the vehicle ahead If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway the ICC system will accel erate and main
217. d P 4 44 18 Rear window and outside mirror if so equipped defogger switch P 2 33 19 Glove box lid release handle P 2 48 20 Trunk release power cancel switch P 3 18 Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 5 METERS AND GAUGES The needle indicators in the speedom eter tachometer engine coolant tem perature gauge and fuel gauge may move slightly after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position This is not a malfunction 1 Tachometer P 2 8 5 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 Warning Indicator lights P 2 13 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 21 3 Speedometer P 2 7 6 Fuel gauge P 2 9 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 8 2 6 Instruments and controls Speedometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed TRIP A B RESET Odometer twin trip odometer Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer 1 and twin trip odometer 2 are displayed on the dot matrix crystal display when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the dis tance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP A B RESET switch at the bottom left of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A TRIP B TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Push the TRIP A B RESE
218. d driving 5 19 hicle s speed in emergency situations Do not use cruise control except in ap propriate road and traffic conditions e In the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode a warning buzzer will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a colli sion could occur 5 20 Starting and driving 1 Vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 2 Conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Push the MAIN switch a to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode Q and the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode Always confirm the setting in the Intelli gent Cruise Control system display For the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode see the following description For ACCEL RE CS COAST SET the conventional fixed speed cruise con trol mode see page 5 37 SELECTING THE VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE To choose the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode 4 quickly push and re lease the MAIN switch a Once a control mode is activated it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode To change the mode push the MAIN switch once to turn the system off Then push the MAIN switch again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE
219. d restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instruc tions for belt routing 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the automatic lock ing mode child restraint mode It re verts to emergency locking mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Front facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any Slack in the belt Front facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rear ward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat in stallation only See Top tether strap child restraint in this section Do not install child restraints equipped with a top tether strap to seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor Front facing ste ps 8 Before placing the child in the child restraint hold the child restraint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to mak
220. d time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not be armed Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and trunk lid locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK posi tion When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam pered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the trunk lid without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle re quest switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by re leasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelli gent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to sta
221. dampened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance to the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat mate rial Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens 4 amp CAUTION Never use benzine thinner or any similar material Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather surfaces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or ammonia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish Only use fabric protectors approved by INFINITI Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover lt _ Breris LEA POWER WINDOW SWITCH FINISHER Wipe the power window switch finisher surfaces with a clean soft cloth dampened in a mild soap solution then wipe it clean with a dry soft cloth Some cleaners contain chemicals that may stain or peel off the surface Before using any cleaner contact an INFINITI dealer for recommendations Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the power finisher surfaces FLOOR MATS The use of INFINITI floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and
222. dd a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s in structions for the mixture ratio Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reser voir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recom mended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Any corrosion should be washed off with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the nega tive battery terminal cable to pre vent discharging it 4A WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas gener ated by the battery is explosive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes
223. de air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of this side air bag and curtain air bag system This is to prevent accidental in flation of the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag or damage to the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspen sion system or side panel This could af fect proper operation of the supple Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 mental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system e Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious per sonal injury For example do not change the front seat by placing material near the seatback or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain side impact air bag system should be done by an INFINITI dealer In stallation of electrical equipment should also be done by an INFINITI dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harnesses connectors are yellow and orange for
224. display may break if it is hit with a hard Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Settings gt Volume and Beeps Back LF O Guidance Vol C OQ0000000000000 A P Guidance Voice r x E Incoming Call DOOOOODOOOOOOOOO Outgoing Call O 00000 16 mA 3 BE PE Ringer vo i EE BE W Adjusting the item Inputting characters Touch the 4 or 2 button to adjust Touch the letter or number 1 ees Crs There are some options available when in Touch the UP 3 or DOWN 4 button to putting characters move to the previous or next page gt Uppercase Shows uppercase characters 4 6 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Space Inserts a space e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark 2 e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is neces sary use a small amount of neutral deter gent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen WARNING Program navigation system only when stopped Doing so while driving can lead to a serious or fatal accident See Owner s Manual This naviga
225. dle request switch a within the range of operation Locking doors and fuel filler door When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section 1 Move the selector lever to the P posi tion push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch while car rying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelli gent Key Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the driver s or front passenger s door handle request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door and the fuel filler door will un
226. ds e Always place the cards in the storage case when they are not being used e Do not place heavy objects on the cards e Do not store the cards in highly humid locations e Do not expose the cards to direct sun light e Do not spill any liquids on the cards Refer to the CompactFlash card Owner s Manual for the details _ With navigation system Without navigation system Source select switch 3 Volume control switch ENTER models with navigation system 4 BACK switch or tuning models without navigation system switch Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO ENTER models with navigation system or tuning models without navigation system switch Push the switch upward or downward to select a channel track CD or folder when they are listed on the display You can also use the ENTER switch to select the items on the usual setting menu screen After selecting an MP3 folder using the up and down switch push the ENTER switch to complete the selection While the display is in the NAVI STATUS or Audio setting screen some audio func tions can also be controlled using the EN TER switch The function varies depending on if you push the switch shorter less than 1 5 seconds or longer more than 1 5 seconds RADIO e Pushing DOWN w UP A shorter Next or previous preset channel e Pushing DOWN Vv
227. e lease it it need not be held The roof will automatically open or close all the way To stop the roof push the switch once more while it is opening or closing To open or close the sunroof and stop on the way push the CLOSE 1 or OPEN 2 side of the sunroof switch for more than 1 second The roof will stop when releasing the switch Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle be fore closing the sunroof If the control unit detects something caught in the sunroof when it is closing the sunroof will be immediately opened The auto reverse function can be acti Instruments and controls 2 55 vated when the sunroof is closed by auto matic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 sec onds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the sunroof cannot be closed automati cally when the auto reverse function acti vates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE 1 side of the sunroof switch Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the sunroof oc curs If the sunroof does not operate If the sunroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initial ize the sunroof operation
228. e This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure 5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When re placing the tires on the vehicle al ways use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire 6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless 7 The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure 8 Manufacturer or Brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section In tended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufac turer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 face outward when mounted on a ve hicle TYPES OF TIRES 4A WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction An INFINITI dealer may be able to help you with information abo
229. e book if you are currently connected with Phone B Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 New Entry Use the New Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Once the system accepts the name and you confirm it is correct the system asks for a location Home Office Mobile or Other For example say Home The system acknowledges the location The system will ask you to say a phone number or to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice com mand For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers ear lier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory if so equipped Say Transfer entry The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to ini tiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner
230. e drain the cooling system by opening the drain plug located under the radiator Refill before operating the ve hicle See Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion for changing engine coolant TIRE EQUIPMENT 1 SUMMER tires are of a tread design to provide superior performance on dry pavement However the performance of these tires will be substantially re duced in snowy and icy conditions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads INFINITI recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Please consult an INFINITI dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability in formation 2 For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and pro vincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires 3 Tire chains may be used For details see Tire chains in the Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual 4 For all wheel drive If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand con struction and tread pattern on all four wheels SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter 1 A scraper and stiff bristled brush to r
231. e lt 530 1710 gt 1 2 Available when mode is selected amp Teer eee i 5 Highlight an item using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button 6 If necessary scroll the screen using the INFINITI controller to view the en tire list 7 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 82 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems List of help commands Navigation Help See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Audio Help e Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system Turns on the Music Box off Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 e Radio e Satellite COMMAND ACTION Satellite Radio Turns the SAT radio on selecting the station and band last played Satellite Radio Channel lt 1 255 gt Tunes to the specified SAT frequency Preset lt A C gt lt 1 6 Switches directly to the specified preset station in the specified preset bank Preset lt A C gt Switches directly to the specified preset station in the specified preset bank Preset lt 1 6 Switches directly to the specified preset bank 4 84 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Radio OFF Turns the radio off e CD e Changer COMMAND ACTION CD Changer Play Starts to play the CD changer Switches to the specified CD and plays the first file Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognitio
232. e LOCK position pro ceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P po sition 2 Push the ignition switch The ignition switch position will change to the ON position 3 Push the ignition switch again to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up posi tion To lock the steering wheel push the igni tion switch to the LOCK position To unlock the steering wheel push the ignition switch If the steering lock release mal Starting and driving 5 function indicator appears on the dot ma trix liquid crystal display push the push button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for opera tion are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See Dot matrix liquid crystal display in the 2 Instruments and controls section PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position
233. e Warranty See Warranty Information Booklet for details For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your War ranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assistance Information Canada only that comes with your INFINITI If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet Warranty and Roadside Assis tance Information Canada only or it has become lost you may obtain a replace ment by writing to e INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the Na tional Highway Traffic Safety Adminis tration NHTSA in addition to noti fying INFINITI If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a re call and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in in dividual problems between you your dealer or INFINITI To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washingt
234. e any of the following methods a Push the CANCEL button The SET indi cator will go out b Tap the brake pedal The SET indicator will go out c Turn the MAIN switch off Both the CRUISE indicator and SET indicator will go out To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch b Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE set switch When the ve hicle attains the speed you desire re lease the switch c Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will in crease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following three methods a Lightly tap the brake pedal When the Starting and driving 5 39 vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and re lease it b Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed c Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To resume the preset speed push and re lease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruis ing speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is aut
235. e automatic headlights higher right or lower left Auto Headlights Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted automatically ac cording to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the drivers or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be un locked if the door unlock operation is per formed again within 5 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door un lock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Lift Steering Wheel on Exit When this item is turned to ON the steer ing wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After get ting into the vehicle and pushing the igni tion switch to the ACC position the steer ing wheel moves to the previous position 4 18 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit When this ite
236. e fitted on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle The ICC sensor may detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding roads hilly roads or when en tering or exiting a curve The ICC sensor may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction zones In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle 5 34 Starting and driving Also the sensor sensitivity can be af fected by vehicle operation steering ma neuver or driving position in the lane or traffic or vehicle condition for example if a vehicle is being driven with some dam age Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following con ditions and the control is automatically canceled e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position e When the windshield wipers are oper ated at low speed LO or high speed HI e When the VDC is turned off e When the VDC operates e When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high CRUISE Ne Psa 71 om MPH An Warning light and display Condition A The chime sounds and the Intelligent Cruise Control system is canceled auto matically in the conditions described below Part of the system display will come on or blink making it impossible to set e
237. e in strument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode Settings gt Phone E lt a bas U Phonebook JE Downloaded Phonebook JE Automatic Hold O ON JE Use Vehicle Ringtone O ON E Delete Call Logs g Q Zz Khun Phone setting To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instru ment panel and select the PHONE key on the display and then push the ENTER button Phonebook See Phonebook registration in this sec tion for adding editing and deleting a contact 4 66 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Phone E lt Downloaded Phonebook 3 Automatic Hold e O Z miii JE Use Vehicle Ringtone JE Delete Call Logs E Bluetooth Setup Downloaded Phonebook Refer to the following information for each item e Download All Download all of the contacts regis tered in the Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellu lar phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more de tails e Delete Downloaded Phonebook Delete a downloaded phonebook e Delete an Entry of Downloaded Phone book Delete an entry from the downloaded phonebook Automatic Hold If t
238. e indicator shows the au tomatic selector shift position See Driving with automatic transmission in the 5 Starting and driving section OFF msme g Front passenger air bag a Status light The front passenger air bag status light Fg will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light operation see INFINITI advanced air bag system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light Blue This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emis sion control malfunction The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off if no other potential emis sion control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indi cates that the
239. e it to the specifi cation shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Recheck the pressure and add or re lease air as needed 6 Install the valve stem cap 7 Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare COLD TIRE SIZE INFLATION PRESSURE P225 55R17 230 kPa 95V 33 PSI FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 225 50 R18 230 kPa 95W 33 PSI P225 55 R17 230 kPa REAR 95V 33 PSI ORIGINAL TIRE 245 45R18 230 kPa 96W 33 PSI SPARE 420 kPa TIRE T145 80D17 60 PSI Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This informa tion identifies and describes the funda mental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certifi cation The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself P215 60R16 94H Example 1 Tire size example P215 65R15 95H 1 P The P indicates the tire is de signed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information 2 Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millime ters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge 3 Two digit number 65 This number k
240. e maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain cor rect tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumi nation of the TPMS low tire pressure tell tale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating prop erly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure tell tale When the system detects a malfunc tion the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain con tinuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction ex ists When the malfunction indicator is il luminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as in tended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the instal lation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replace ment or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly 5 4 Starting and driving Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the ve hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire p
241. e numbers according to the following examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh Dial one eight hundred six six two six two oh oh Dial one eight zero zero six six two oh oh Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as Single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Personal vocabulary voicetags INFINITI Voice Recognition provides the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone and the navi gation system if so equipped Using your own voice 40 voicetags can be reg istered in the Phonebook phone and 10 locations can be registered in the Ad dress Book navigation system See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System earlier in this section and or the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped for the method of voicetag registration 4 92 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Voice Recognition A Commande SSC JE Minimize Voice Feedback JE Voice Command Learning JE User Guide Display the commands of voice recognition VOICE COMMAND LEARNING FUNCTION The voice recognition system has a func tion to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user
242. e pres sure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Con tact an INFINITI dealer Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Do not drive with tire chains on paved roads which are clear of snow Driving with chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac cording to location Check the local laws before installing tire chains When install ing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspen sion or body component required to ac commodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when
243. e slightly and may make a small noise This is not a system malfunction 5 48 Starting and driving CRUISE Warning light and display When the Preview Function is not oper ating properly the buzzer sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine and resume driving If the indicator stays on it may indicate that the Preview Function is malfunc tioning the brake is operative Although the Vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer How to handle the sensor The sensor for the Preview Function is common with Intelligent Cruise Control and is located below the front bumper To keep the Preview Function operating properly be sure to observe the fol lowing e Always keep the sensor clean Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so as not to damage the sensor e Do not strike or damage the areas around the sensor Do not touch or re move the screw located on the sensor Doing so could cause failure or mal function If the sensor is damaged due to an accident contact an INFINITI dealer e Do not attach a sticker including transparent material or install an ac cessory near the sensor This could cause failure or malfunction ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS fA WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a so phisti
244. e sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child re straint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another seating position and try again or try a different child re Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 9 Check that the retractor is in the auto matic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt web bing out of the retractor the retractor is in the automatic locking mode OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG 10 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 V2 Front facing step 11 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat push the igni tion switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light aen Should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger 1 Rear facing Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat Child restraints for infants must be air bag and status light in this sec tion Move the child restraint to an other seating position Have the system checked by an INFI
245. e the spare tire on other ve hicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time 4X CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the ve hicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 MEMO 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Fuel recommendation cccccecccccccscecees Engine oil and oil filter recommendation Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations ccceseeeeees Specifications case cesasucecatcnani vedecen ge neta ieira eriet Fe UN asaya A E E E E Wheels and tireS cccecceeccecceccceccecceecs Dimensions siscssapscsanvswosasensssdsuiesxesdsunsaciiwasces When traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNUNY ccscsceccsascacascscctesssuccassnecensesooseees Vehicle identification cccccceccecceccceccecceces Vehicle identification number VIN plate Vehicle identification number Chassis WDG enean S Engine serial NUMDET ccccscecescecesceecs F M V S S C M V S S certification label Emission control info
246. e vehicle ahead will CRUISE change according to the vehicle speed The higher the vehicle speed the longer the distance If the engine is stopped the set dis tance becomes long Each time the Approximate distance at 60 MPH 100 km h ft m 195 60 130 40 engine is started the initial setting becomes long Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in the system warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display Decelerate by de pressing the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if e The chime sounds e The vehicle ahead detection and set distance indicator blink The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short dis tance between vehicles Some examples are e When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing e When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between ve hicles is increasing e When the accelerator pedal is de pressed overriding the system e When a vehicle cuts in near your ve hicle The warning chime will not sound when your vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly Starting and driving 5 33 SSD0284A NOTE The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects some reflectors a which ar
247. e with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some ex amples are e Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e If a transmitter set to similar frequen cies is being used in or near the ve hicle e If a computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for com pliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received in cluding interference that may cause un desired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER 4A WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid exces sive speed high speed cornering or sud den steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any ve hicle a loss of control could result in a col lision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control caus
248. eability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experienced after using Technical and consumer information 9 3 oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refu eling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gaso line E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S government regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbre viation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster in take valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these ad ditives intended for gum varnish or de posit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using
249. ealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly Type B When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and bright ness will soon stabilize 2 34 Instruments and controls The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short inter vals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon headlights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact an INFINITI dealer HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting 1 Turn the switch to the pa position The front park side marker tail li cense plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the 2D position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Autolight system The autolight system allows the head lights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 1 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on
250. eats seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat belt should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle 4A WARNING e Once a supplemental front air bag side air bag or curtain side impact air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the supplemental front air bags inflate the activated pre tensioner seat belt must also be re placed The air bag module and pre tensioner seat belt system should be re placed by an INFINITI dealer The air bag modules and pre tensioner seat belt system cannot be repaired e The supplemental front air bag side air bag and curtain side impact air bag sys tems and pre tensioner seat belt system should be inspected by an_ INFINITI dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supplemen tal air bag pre tensioner seat belt system or scrap the vehicle contact an INFINITI dealer Correct supplemental air bag and pre tensioner seat belt system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual Incorrect dis posal procedures could cause personal injury Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 51 2 Instruments and controls COCKDIL Seere AEE ETE 2 2 Instrument panel ssssssse
251. eces 0 5 COK E ES 0 6 Instrument panel sesssesssesseesseessoesesssssessossso 0 8 Meters and SAUBES ccccccccccecceccecceccecceccecces 0 9 Engine compartment seessesesssseessosessosessoseese 0 10 VQ35HR CNSiINne ccccecceccecccsccccccscceccecces 0 10 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 0 2 Illustrated table of contents Supplemental front impact air bags Page 1 35 Front seat belts P 1 8 Front head restraints P 1 5 Supplemental side impact air bags P 1 35 Supplemental curtain side impact air bags P 1 35 Rear seat belts P 1 8 Rear head restraints P 1 5 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 16 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 41 Front seats P 1 2 Pre tensioner seat belt system P 1 48 Rear seats P 1 7 Child restraints P 1 16 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 18 EXTERIOR FRONT 5 Power windows P 2 52 6 Recovery hook P 6 14 7 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 28 P 9 8 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS P 2 16 P 5 3 8 Outside mirrors P 3 25 9 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 5 Intelligent Key system P 3 8 Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 1 Hood P 3 17 Fog light P 2 39 2 Headlight and turn signal 3 Windshield wiper and wash
252. ecognition systems 4 37 Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Check if the CD CF was inserted correctly 00 if the CD CF was inserted Check if the CD CF was inserted correctly 00 Check if the CD CF is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and MP3 WMA files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be Cannot play played Files with extensions other than MP3 WMA mp3 or wma cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of MP3 WMA writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the CD CF is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the CD CF is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time be If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3 WMA CD CF or if it is a multisession disc some time may be required before fore the mus
253. econds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the In telligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is run ning you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact an INFINITI dealer for repair as soon as possible 1 Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS that moni tors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is turned ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automati cally turn off when the tire pressure is ad justed After the tire is inflated to the rec ommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to c
254. ectrical power such as a discharged battery The handle is located on the back side of the trunk lid inside the trunk compart ment Access the handle through the trunk pass through rear seat armrest To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of ve hicle until the lock releases FUEL FILLER DOOR OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the follow ing operations then push the right side of the door e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you e Push the UNLOCK button on the Intel ligent Key e Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle e Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it matically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel To lock close the fuel filler door securely spray and possibly a fire and lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button e Use only an original equipment type on the Intelligent Key or the mechanical fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a key built in safety valve needed for proper Use only approved portable fuel con tainers for flammable liquid FUEL FILLER CAP 4A WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive
255. ed Phone Delete a registered cellular phone from the paired list Paired Phone List Up to 5 registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cel lular phone that is different from the one currently being connected the newly selected phone will be con nected to the system Edit Phone Name Rename the registered cellular phones using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 MODELS WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position INFINITI Voice Recognition is initialized which takes a few seconds If the button is pushed before the ini tialization completes the system will an nounce Hands free phone system not ready and will not react to voice com mands Operating tips To get the best performance out of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system ob serve the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traf fic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without paus ing between
256. eeesscesse 8 19 Air conditioner Air conditioner SerViCe e esssesssseessseessseeess 4 31 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 31 9 6 Automatic climate Control cssseeceeee 4 25 In cabin Microfilter ccccsseeccessseceeeeees 4 31 Operation See automatic climate CONTON sienai E EEEE 4 25 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security SLE a E 2 31 Alcohol drugs and driving essseessesssesseersresecesee 5 6 All wheel drive AWD cccccssscesssceessceeeeees 5 42 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 14 PUM CINE E E E E 4 57 Anti lock Braking System ABS sccceceee 5 49 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 14 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care sccsssccsswvssaavssasersactas 7 2 Interior appearance Care sseesssesssosseeseesseoss 7 4 Armrest sevensavencctatsacenreraieanemiasddiaaasdenvianetdaets 1 7 Armrest Rear armrest pocket ssesssesseessesseees 2 50 Ashtrays See cigarette lighter and ashtrays 2 45 Audible reminders esssesssseessseesssecsssecssseessseeo 2 20 Audio operation precautionS ssesessssseessseeee 4 32 Audio SyStemM ssseeesseeesseeesseeeeseeesseeessseessseesss 4 32 Steering wheel audio controls 006 4 56 Audion system Hard disk drive audio system Musie BOK scotia sssnnctennotertatesoierteonudenc
257. een your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module amp 0 17 Call in Progress 09061 15XXXX A5504T Time 2 32 40 sec Number 4 1 7 With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone con necting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the ve hicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection be tween a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www infiniti com bluetooth for a rec ommended phone list Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following condi tions Your vehicle is outside of the tele phone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in
258. el is pushed e when the TURN SIGNAL SWITCH 4 Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is com pleted the turn signals cancel automati cally 2 Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH To turn the fog lights on turn the head light switch to the 4O position then turn the switch to the zp position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate Instruments and controls 2 39 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH g SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emer gency conditions All turn signal lights will flash AA WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless un usual circumstances force you to 2 40 Instruments and controls HORN drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the igni tion switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel 4A WARNING Do not disas
259. el to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driv ing after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire re place it with a spare tire as soon as pos sible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Con tact your INFINITI dealer as soon as pos sible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instruc tions below Stopping the vehicle 1 transmission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse gear Manual transmission models Turn off the engine Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assis tance personnel that you need assis tance Have all passengers get out of the ve hicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle 4A WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the automatic transmission into P
260. eld and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the pas senger compartment to improve the defogging performance Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 Manual operation Fan speed control Push the fan speed increase or decrease g buttons to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to auto matic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the intake air control button XX lt gt to recirculate interior air in side the vehicle The indicator light on the GS side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode amp g Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button aX lt amp to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the a gt side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually con trol the intake air push the intake air control button gt amp gt To return to the automatic control mode push the in take air control button S gt lt amp for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculation and outside air cir culation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automati cally Air flow control
261. eled In this case reset the de sired position using the previous pro cedure e If optional Intelligent Keys are added to your vehicle the memory storage procedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be performed again for each Intelligent Key For ad ditional Intelligent Key information see Key Intelligent Key earlier in this section Selecting the memorized position 1 Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Move the shift lever to the 1st or R Re verse position and apply the parking brake 2 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 e Turn the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second e Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second The driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds For manual transmission models the memory positions can be selected even when the engine is running In this case move the shift lever to the N Neutral po sition and apply the parking brake Then perform step 2 SYSTEM OPERATIO
262. em fuel consumption and navigation system if so equipped push the STATUS button The following infor mation will appear when the STATUS but ton is pushed Audio Audio and Climate control system Audio and fuel consumption Audio and Navigation system if so equipped Audio HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the INFINITI con troller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be ad justed using the brightness UP button or brightness DOWN button models with navigation system Push the OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation if so equipped information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condi tion of the vehicle See the following for details Oo y Fuel Economy GPS Satellite Info Maintenance Li Information Voice Recognition Traffic Info Navigation Version With navigation system Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel The screens as illustrated will appear 2 Choose an item using the INFI
263. em is designed to automati cally check the sensor s operation When the sensor is covered with dirt or ob structs the system will automatically be canceled If the sensor is covered with ice a transparent or translucent vinyl bag etc the ICC system may not detect them In these instances the vehicle to vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly The vehicle to vehicle distance control 5 24 Starting and driving mode is designed to maintain a selected distance and reduce the speed to match the slower vehicle ahead the system will decelerate the vehicle as necessary How ever the ICC system can only apply up to 25 of the vehicles total braking power This system should only be used when traffic conditions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly deceler ates the distance between vehicles may become closer because the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly enough If this occurs the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the sys tem display to notify the driver to take necessary action The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h The system will also disengage below
264. emove ice and snow from the win dows and wiper blades 2 A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support 3 A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts 4 Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE 4A WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with cau tion Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or downshifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Starting and driving 5 53 Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers e Do not use cruise control on slippery roads e Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are available through INFINITI dealers to assist in cold temperature start
265. enuine imita tion parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www infiniti com for U S customers or www infiniti ca for Canadian customers Technical and consumer information 9 21 MEMO 9 22 Technical and consumer information 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System cccceeeeees 5 49 Adaptive front lighting system AFS 2 37 Advanced air bag SySte M ccccssescccseeceeees 1 41 Aiming control Adaptive front lighting system ORES EE EREE EES A E T ET 2 37 Air bag system Advanced air bag SySteM cccccsseeeees 1 41 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 43 Side and curtain See supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bag system ccccceeeees 1 46 Air bag warning labels ssessssessssessssecssseessseees 1 49 Air bag warning light cccseccssesceeees 1 49 2 18 Air cleaner housing filter esssesssessesseer
266. eplace with wheels which have the same off set dimension Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling char acteristics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interference can lead to decreased Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear Refer to Wheels and tires in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimensions When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system reset ting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not recommended 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa tion Booklet 4A CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or ra
267. er Operation P 2 34 Operation P 2 32 Bulb replacement P 8 25 Blade replacement P 8 19 Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped P 2 37 4 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 54 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR 1 High mounted stop light model with a rear spoiler Bulb replacement P 8 25 2 High mounted stop light model without a rear spoiler Bulb replace ment P 8 25 0 4 Illustrated table of contents 6 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 20 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 7 Rear view camera if so equipped P 4 21 8 Trunk Intelligent Key system P 3 8 Remote keyless entry system P 3 14 Trunk lid P 3 18 9 Child safety locks P 3 7 3 Rear window defroster switch P 2 33 Rear combination light Bulb replace ment P 8 25 Satellite antenna if so equipped P 4 32 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Coat hooks P 2 51 2 3 4 Rear personal light P 2 56 Seats P 1 2 Power windows P 2 52 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 25 Automatic drive positioner switch if so equipped P 3 26 Sun visors P 3 23 12 13 14 15 8 Sunroof if so equipped P 2 54 9 Map light P 2 56 10 11 Sunglasses holder P 2 48 Inside rearview mirror Anti glare adjustment P 3 24 HomeLink P 2 59 Compass P 2 9 Trunk pass through P 1 7 Rear
268. er return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermo stat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will re main on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch 2 42 Instruments and controls SNOW MODE SWITCH if so equipped For driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas turn on the SNOW mode switch The indicator light on the switch will illuminate When the SNOW mode is activated engine output is controlled to avoid wheel spin VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH The vehicle should be driven with the Ve hicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is de pressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The indicator will illumi nate CLOCK Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system in the 5 Starting and driving section if so equipped see How to use SETTING button in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice
269. er will automatically be turned on at out side temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the pas senger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the amp fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to auto matic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the intake air control button aX lt gt to recirculate interior air in side the vehicle The indicator light on the L side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode Qg Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button aX lt amp to draw outside air into the passenger compartment The indicator light on the a gt side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually con 4 30 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems trol the intake air push the intake air control button gt lt gt To return to the automatic control mode push the in take air control button 3S5 lt amp for about 2 seconds The indicator lights both air recirculation and outside air cir culation sides will flash twice and then
270. erforming this step 7 Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the re maining HomeLink buttons for addi tional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed HomeLink buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmit ting after 2 seconds To program your hand held transmitter to HomeLink con tinue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful programming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener compo nents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLin
271. es the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsi ness Always wear your seat belt as out lined in the Seat belts section of this manual and also instruct your passen gers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover Starting and driving 5 5 crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be in jured or killed than a person properly wearing a Seat belt DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AA WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the bloodstream reduces coordination delays reaction time and im pairs judgement Driving after drinking alco hol increases the likelihood of being in volved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the severity of the injury INFINITI is committed to safe driving You must not drive under the influence of al cohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related acci dents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxi cated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people under estimate the effects of alcohol 5 6 Starting and driving Remember dr
272. eseseseceseesseeseeesssess 2 35 Xenon headlights ccccsescssescesssceeseees 2 34 Heated seats senseeseossossosssseossossossesssssessosss 2 41 Heater Automatic climate CONtrOl cccceeseeees 4 25 Engine block heater scccccsssseceseeceees 5 54 HomeLink Universal Transceiver sse0 2 59 Hood release ccjsasasancaiaranacainacndne inaaveneracannndiecnines 3 17 Hook Coat NOOK Swsssasccvinsrcsasaiinedeaverarbeanssenstaces 2 51 FOU iceecuedacsnceesnsaiesescetaleasaceceadecsacdesaccmsscantanewencee 2 40 l Ignition switch Ignition switch Push button eesssssseeesesse 5 7 Automatic transmission models 6 5 10 Manual transmission models cce008 5 15 Immobilizer system ss cies acadesscsciesdessvencesancesaaceeese 2 31 In Cabin Microfilter cccsssseccesseeceessseceeeeees 4 31 Indicator gp ical cl coRepeeenr een ne er men errr ny eorr ern er tari ee 2 18 Indicator Dot matrix display s sccsssseissuetscnsescsens 2 21 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 31 INFINITI voice recognition SysteM cceee 4 81 Inside TMI OT ccs sucasienessavaivenveeestcienasendeerenseeodssvaues 3 24 Inspection maintenance I M test 00 9 19 Instrument brightness Control cccsseecceees 2 39 Instrument panel ceecccsseecccessceceeseceeeeeecees 2 4 Intelligent cruise control ICC system 5 19 Intelligen
273. essecesseeessecesseessseeee 5 41 Brightness control Instrument panel 2 39 Bulb check instrument panel csssseseeees 2 13 Bulb replacement s ssesssseeessssecsssssseeesssesees 8 25 C Cabin air filter sseeesseeesseeeeseeessseessscessseessseee 4 31 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio ssccccnssseceeesseceneees 4 58 Card holder cecinarvaccesoctcmeerenceanesertusketeciente ets 2 50 Cargo See vehicle loading information 2 51 C r NCC cucaiasentasuciesacve easaioessuntesunencntnacsievend 2 51 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 3 CD CF care and cleaning ccccccsesssececeeeeees 4 54 Center multi function control panel 000 4 3 Child restraints xcs savenoscascacatonsaasnadeteccsenndennasavias 1 16 Booster Seats siewuicvatssneciansadantaannanainntunenetaneed 1 31 Installation using LATCH sseessessesseseessessecsee 1 21 Installation using the seat belts 1 24 LATCH system s esesssssseseeseossoseeseesseseossessess 1 18 Precautions on child restraints 1 16 Top tether strap esssseessseessseessseeesseesssseesss 1 20 Child Safety sexs cavacsdssacetsscdveanoesecaescasenstavesncissases 1 10 Child safety rear door lock eeseessseesssseessseessseesss 3 7 Chimes Audible reminderS seessseessseosssecsssecessee 2 20 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 18
274. esseosscoss 5 45 Power WINCOWS sesssseessseesssecsssecsssecssseeessee 2 52 Power window switch finisher sesssssessssess 7 5 Pre tensioner seat belt system sssessssesssscessee 1 48 Precautions All wheel drive AWD driving safety 5 6 Audio operation s sesssseessssesssscossseesssecesseeo 4 32 Braking precautions ssesssesssosssosseossesseeos 5 45 Child restraints eseseseesssesesesesssssscssseseo 1 16 Cruise control e esseeesseeossecossecossecessecesseees 5 17 Maintenance esssssssesseesssosseosscossesseesseosseesse 8 5 Seat belt USage sesssseseessceseecrecesseseeesseess 1 8 Supplemental restraint system 066 1 35 When starting and riving sscccssesceees 5 2 Preview function cccsucesonsasdscanosswaousasendamesacevncos ses 5 46 Preview function for Intelligent cruise control SUSE senindir ir ES 5 41 Push starting seesssesssesseeseresecesecsseesercseceseceseee 6 10 Push button ignition switch ssessessseesseessessceseeee 5 7 R Radio essesssesesesscssscscssseseoecececscseoesesscsesee 4 32 4 56 Car phone or CB radio ssessssesssseessseessseesss 4 58 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD chang Er secede serisi an ressar 4 40 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US Oy sseeesesesesssececeeesssssseececeessssseeceeeee 9 19 Rear armrest pocket s ssesssesessseessseessseessseessse 2 50 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 7 Rear
275. estraint system SSS0639 Rear facing step 2 Rear facing step 2 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing 2 Secure the child restraint anchor at 3 For child restraints that are equipped tachments to the LATCH lower an with webbing mounted attachments Follow these steps to install a rear facing chors remove any additional slack from the child restraint using LATCH anchor attachments Press downward 1 Position the child restraint on the and rearward firmly in the center of seat Always follow the child restraint the child restraint with your hand to manufacturer s instructions compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 straint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles 5 Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 3 through 4 Rear facing step 4 4 Before placing the child in the child CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION restraint hold the child restraint near USING THE SEAT BELTS the LATCH attachment and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure A WARNING that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 e Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag mm If it does move more than 1 in System never install a rear facing child
276. everse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped be fore selecting R Reverse The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any drive position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is en gaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving DS Drive Sport mode When the selector lever is shifted from the D Drive position to the manual shift gate the transmission enters the DS Drive Sport mode Moving the selector lever to the DS Drive Sport position allows you to enjoy com fortable driving on a winding road and feel smooth acceleration or deceleration on a hilly road by moving in a lower gear automatically When canceling the DS mode return the selector lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode Manual shift mode When the selector lever is in the DS Drive Sport position the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the selector lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter T
277. f the power window automatic function does not operate properly after per forming the procedure above have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer SUNROOF if so equipped 4A WARNING e inan accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open sunroof Al ways use seat belts and child restraints e Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex tend any portion of their body out of the sunroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the sunroof is closing AA CAUTION e Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the sunroof before opening e Do not place any heavy object on the sunroof or surrounding area AUTOMATIC SUNROOF The sunroof only operates when the igni tion switch is in the ON position The automatic sunroof is operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the sunroof is can celed Sunshade The sunshade will open automatically when the sunroof is opened However it must be closed manually Tilting the sunroof To tilt up first close the sunroof then push the UP 1 side of the sunroof switch and release it it need not be held To tilt down the sunroof push the DOWN 2 side Sliding the sunroof To fully open or close the sunroof push the CLOSE 4 or OPEN 2 side of the sun roof switch for less than 1 second and r
278. formed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate prop erly Also ensure that all latches lock se curely Lubricate hinges and latches if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrica tion frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check head light aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km except 18 inch tire models Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pres sure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed
279. free operation of the systems equipped on this vehicle such as the display audio climate control phone and op i Information Li Information gt Command List tional navigation systems Fuel Economy To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition isa epee reas push and release the TALK amp switch lo Voice Recognition cated on the steering wheel Then speak TOE B the command for the system you wish to ve ad activate The command given is picked up by the microphone and it is performed when it is properly recognized At this w Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition time INFINITI Voice Recognition will pro vide a voice and message in the center display to inform you of the command re sults 1 Push the INFO button on the instru 4 Highlight a category using the INFINITI COMMAND LIST ment panel controller and push the ENTER button 2 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the INFINITI controller and push If you are controlling the system by voice the ENTER button commands for the first time or do not ae Seas know the appropriate voice command 7 Ying Ene INFAN convoler ad push perform the following procedure for dis S p the ENTER button playing the voice command list and help list Displaying command list Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Li Information gt Command List BACK Radio Radio Play Radio AM Radio FM une lt 87 7 107 9 gt Tun
280. fy your rights under your state s lemon law INFINITI is dedicated to providing a satis fying ownership experience for as long as you own your car Should you have any questions regarding your INFINITI or your INFINITI dealer please contact our Con sumer Affairs department at For U S customers 1 800 662 6200 For Canadian customers 1 800 361 4792 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number at tached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your INFINITI dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to INFINITI with the infor mation at For U S customers INFINITI Division Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers INFINITI Division Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will en sure familiarity with controls and mainte nance requirements assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle 4A WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a Safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers e NEVER drive under the i
281. g or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force 4A WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driv er s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times PREVIEW FUNCTION Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models When the Preview Function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing a vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure be fore the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by re ducing pedal free play a b This system will not operate when the vehicle is moving at approximately 20 MPH 32 km h or less The pre pressure function ceases when the following conditions are met When the driver depresses the accel erator pedal or the brake pedal If the driver does not operate the ac celerator or brake pedal within ap proximately 1 second a b c The sensor will not detect Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling off
282. g warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds after pushing the ignition switch to the ON position e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the supplemental front air bags supplemental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and or pre tensioner seat belt may not operate properly They must be checked and re paired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer 4A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag cur tain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE The supplemental front air bags supple mental side air bags curtain side impact air bags and pre tensioner seat belt are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is dam aged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replacement of these systems should be done only by an INFINITI dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the supplemental front air bags side air bags curtain side impact air bags related parts and pre tensioner 1 50 Safety S
283. gent Key FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digi tal device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful in terference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interfer ence to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interfer ence to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equip ment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help LIGHTS Front turn signal light Headlight high and low beam Clearance light and front side turn sig nal light Map light Rear personal light Fog light Step light High mounted stop light on the rear parcel shelf or in the rear spoiler Trunk light License plate light Back up light
284. gnition switch is in the ON position Avoid direct contact with used engine oil and coolant Improperly disposed en gine oil and coolant and or other ve hicle fluids can damage the environ ment Always conform to local regula tions for disposal of vehicle fluid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for most owners to perform A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is also available See Owners Manual Service Manual order information in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in oper ating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recom mend that it be done by an INFINITI dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 10 Drive belts 11 Engine coolant reservoir 12 Engine oil dipstick VQ35HR ENGINE 5 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Trans mission models Fuse fusible link holder 1 6 Window washer fluid reservoir 2 Battery 7 Power steering fluid reservoir 3 Engine oil filler cap 8 Air cleaner 4 Brake fluid reservoir 9 Radiator filler cap Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a high quality year round anti free
285. h only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see an INFINITI dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system For example buckles an chors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are op erating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets prop erly and in sufficient quantity when oper ating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically For example each time you check the engine oil or re fuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourse
286. h the system and their priority level The system then gives you the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once you chose to delete a phone or all phones the system asks you to confirm this action NOTE When you delete a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be de leted Select Ring tone Use the Select Ring tone command to se lect the tone heard in the vehicle when an incoming call is received The system announces the name of the active phone and asks you to choose from the following commands e Ringtone The system plays a ring tone and asks if you would like to se lect that tone If you say no the system plays the next ringtone avail able and continues to cycle through the ringtones until you select one or quit e Silent The system asks you to confirm your wish to disable the ring tone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is ca pable of storing a different speaker adapta Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 tion model for memory A and memory B If memory A is available the system will use memory A to store the model If memory A is in use and memory B is
287. he trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and pre vent children s access to car keys 5 2 Starting and driving EXHAUST GAS Carbon monoxide 4A WARNING Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause unconsciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all win dows fully open and have the vehicle in spected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the trunk lid open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the lt amp air recirculation button to off and the fan control at 4 high to circulate the air If electrical wiring or other cable connec tions must pass to a trailer through the seal on the trunk lid or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle If a special body camper or other equip ment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufacturer s recom mendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Do not occupy these areas while the engine is running even if the
288. he compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is loaded and a medium is played us ing the auxiliary input jacks you can toggle back and forth between CD and medium Text When the Text key is selected in the screen using the INFINITI controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music infor mation below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title e Track title CD with MP3 or WMA e Folder title e File title e Song title e Album title e Artist FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW A re When the wma fast forward or An wind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the mx or _ button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the com pact disc is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when a CD is being played CD PLAY selection To change to another CD already
289. he transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector le ver to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter 8 The transmis sion shifts to the lower range When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range tem porarily The transmission will automati cally return to the D Drive position after a short period of time If you want to re turn to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows M4 M gt M3 M4 gt Mg Ms 5th Use this position for all normal forward driv ing M4 4th For driving up or down long slopes where engine braking would be advantageous M3 3rd and 2 2nd Use for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades M41 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 5th gear This reduces fuel economy e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same
290. heck the tire pressure For additional information see Tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer For additional information see Tire pres sure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 4A WARNING e ifthe light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the ve hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Se rious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after adjust ing the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a Spare tire is moun
291. heel by selecting the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechanism If you have to tow manual transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground Push the ignition switch to the ON position Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift lever to the N Neutral position Observe the following restricted tow ing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only Speed Below 60 MPH 95 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must neces sarily be greater remove the pro peller shaft before towing to prevent damage to the transmission In case of emergency 6 13 OOS BIR A geo All wheel drive models All Wheel Drive AWD models INFINITI recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as il lustrated AA CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause se rious and expensive damage to the power train 6 14 In case of emergency VEHICLE RECOVERY Freeing a stuck vehicle 4A WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle Securely install the vehicle recovery ho
292. hen a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the ve hicle and Intelligent Key See the troubleshooting guide on the next page and Dot matrix liquid crystal dis play in the 2 Instruments and controls section 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds continuously The ignition switch is in the ACC posi Push the ignition switch to the OFF po When opening the driver s door to get The inside warning chime sounds con Key port Intelligent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF po times and the inside warning chime position sition sounds for approximately 3 seconds The SHIFT P warning appears on the The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P posi display and the outside chime sounds position and the selector lever is not in tion and push the ignition switch to the continuously the P position OFF position The outside chime sounds for approxi mately 3 seconds and all the doors unlock ltr ce Key is inside the vehicle Cany the Intelligent Key with vou When pushing the door handle request The outside chime sounds for approxi A door is not closed securely Close the door securely switch to lock the door mately 2 seconds 2
293. her opera tions Ringer Vol Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System later in this section Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Button Beeps Phone settings if so equipped When this item is turned to ON you will For the details of Phone settings refer Wear A DEEP goung wien you Use g to Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Aiton E E System later in this section Beeps settings models without navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button 4 16 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings gt Clock 0 00 Ci orssen Gea E 3 Clock Format dC 12h DD E Offset Adjust A Comin 4 F Danion saingtme ND G mweze ooo Clock settings if so equipped The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Clock key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format
294. hes are located on the driver s and front pas senger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position 4 with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors including the fuel filler door push the power door lock switch to the unlock position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intel ligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK The child safety rear door lock helps pre vent doors from being opened acciden tally especially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position 1 the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the un lock position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can be used only when you carry the key with
295. his item is turned on an incoming call will be placed on hold automatically after several rings Use Vehicle Ringtone If this item is turned on a specific ring tone that is different from the cellular phone s will sound when receiving a call Delete Call Logs Delete all of the incoming or outgoing call logs from the list Bluetooth Setup See the following information for each item e Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the con nection between the cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module will be canceled Bluetooth Info Check information about the device name device PIN and connection Status Pair Phone See Pairing Procedure in this sec tion Priority Change Use this command to change the pri ority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone will be connected to the system when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority lev els are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Remove Pair
296. ic starts playing the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed When a non MP3 WMA file has been given an extension of MP3 WMA mp3 or wma or when play is prohibited by song when playing copyright protection the player will skip to the next song The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the de desired order sired order 4 38 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Music cuts off or skips tor AUDIO control knob 7 CD EJECT button 8 Radio station and CD selector buttons 9 CD LOAD button if so equipped 10 CompactFlash CF card slot models with navigation system located above the ashtray No satellite radio reception is available unless optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRI US satellite radio service subscription is active COM FLASH 10 1 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 4 Radio CAT category REW rewind 2 Radio PRESET A B C selector button button for SEEK TRACK 3 Radio SCAN tuning CD RPT repeat ai E AE ae button for play button 6 Radio tuning MP3 WMA folder selec Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 With navigation sy
297. ical and consumer information TOWING A TRAILER Your vehicle was designed to be used to Carry passengers and cargo INFINITI does not recommend trailer towing because it places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steering braking and other systems If you must use this vehicle to tow a trailer the trailer load should never ex ceed 1 000 lb 4A CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from towing a trailer is not covered by INFINITI warranties FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recre ational vehicle such as a motor home 4 amp CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle al ways tow forward never backward e DO NOT tow any automatic transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing Recommended by INFINITI in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Automatic transmission To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto matic transmission an appropriate ve hicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recom mendations when using their product M
298. icted course lines will appear when the steering wheel is turned to the right or left Back up the vehicle to the parking space while referring to the pre dicted course lines Do not rely com pletely on the information displayed Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 on the screen Confirm the safety of the vehicle by visually checking around the vehicle 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width lines 0 parallel to the parking space while referring to the predicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the Space completely move the selector lever to the P position and apply the parking brake HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor push the SETTING button with the RearView Monitor on se lect the item key and adjust the level using the INFINITI controller Do not adjust the Brightness Contrast Tint and Color of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied and the engine is not running OPERATING TIPS e When the selector lever is shifted to R the monitor screen automatically changes to the RearView Monitor mode However the radio can be heard It may take some time until the Rear View Monitor or the normal screen is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R from another posi tion or to
299. ies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 e Check the child restraint in your ve hicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child re straint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is de signed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recom mended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren SYSTEM LATCH Your vehicle is equipped with special an chor points that are used with Lower An chors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a ve hicle seat belt to secure the child re straint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear out board seating positions only Do not at tempt to install a child restraint in the center position using the LATCH anchors 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LATCH label location LATCH lower anchor point
300. ig nition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driv er s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled 2 52 Instruments and controls Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to can cel Main power window switch driver s side 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Rear left passenger side window 4 Rear right passenger side window 5 Window lock button To open or close the window push down a or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Type B Automatic operation for front door windows or all door windows To fully open or close the window com pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function 4A WAR
301. ill be announced e Push the TALK amp switch again to pause the operation Push the TALK ws switch to restart the operation e If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer tain way to speak numbers in voice com mands Refer to the following examples General rule Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Radio frequencies Speak radio frequencies according to the following examples e 930 kHz Tune nine thirty AM Tune nine thirty e 1000 kHz Ten hundred e 1040 kHz Tune ten forty e 1710 kHz Tune seventeen ten e 97 9 MHz Tune ninety seven point nine e 100 5 MHz Tune one hundred point five e 101 1 MHz Tune one oh one point one FM Temperatures climate control Speak temperatures according to the fol lowing examples e 74 F Temperature seventy four Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 e 21 5 C Temperature twenty one point five Temperature twenty one and a half e 19 0 C Temperature nineteen point zero Temperature nineteen point oh Temperature nineteen Phone numbers Speak phon
302. ilter 8 10 Flashers See hazard warning flasher ICE aca dnvdousnaedandedataedesteantinstcaeandewenetancaeancnaen 2 40 Flat LIL tewes saute vena beinsasnnadsaweneanasenedesnedusaueabaeivuses 6 2 Flat TOWNS cccaucccascsnasccesnassessiecscntnnecdannntertanendaens 9 16 Floor mat cleaning vicscs sed crsoctucaciecceteeaeaateen avis 7 5 Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Brake fluid esos coavasensie atvdvobaercsesennnietaneseats 8 13 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants seeseeseossossossosssssssscosoesessesssossos 9 2 Engine coolant sessessesseseessesscesceseesesseesees 8 8 Engine oil essesssssesseesseseccssrcssressceseesseesseees 8 9 Power steering fluid scsiccnssscnwssdtsnadaseacnsoainns 8 12 Window washer flUId ccseccesseeesceeees 8 14 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD ANNE OP a eazacetaaeinaniersindes etna cdeanomninadeatemadetenee 4 40 Fog light switch sesssesesssesscesseseeessecsseessceseesseee 2 39 Four wheel active steer 4WAS system 5 52 Four wheel active steer 4WAS warning light 2 15 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 43 Front power Seat adjuStMent ssssccccceeeeees 1 2 Front seat adjustment scsocssisxsevaceedskdeatessaceeaeoenste 1 2 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel l DricantS issesissssssrssinsssosisrsssesonsosissessassssisss 9 2 Fuel economy seessssssssesesseeesseeessecesseesssseessee 5 41 Fuel oc
303. in tire models 187 2 4 755 69 7 1 770 57 1 1 450 1 3 57 7 1 465 2 59 8 1 520 59 8 1 520 1 60 0 1 525 2 60 2 1 530 3 112 2 2 850 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your ve hicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regula tions The laws and regulations for motor ve hicle emission control and safety stan dards vary according to the country state province or district therefore ve hicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into an other country state province or district and registered its modifications trans portation and registration are the respon sibility of the user INFINITI is not respon sible for any inconvenience that may re sult VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ST10431 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration
304. inesannctsecansenennsedaavcententeaniaaenenon 1 8 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 15 Small children accede csceacesenscecsecssotsesreccceiicnecds 1 11 Three point tyP ccsscccsssscccesesccesesceeees 1 12 Seat s Driver side MEMOLY sccissaveisecasssciivaseevadusrecne 3 26 Heated seats sociustracecseuscihesecineniseneonseansieneis 2 41 BC ANS egrs e S 1 2 Synchronization function Automatic drive POSIIONET stscacssensexnayernaveapaoeanestapaveanasreiaen 3 27 Secondary trunk lid release ccccceseeceeeees 3 20 Security system INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start sicsiawascrsvernsstcecsesueresrarenants 2 31 Security system Vehicle security system 2 29 Selector lever Shift lock release 06 5 14 Servicing air conditioner See automatic climate control sseessessseesscosssoseesseossscsseeseee 4 25 Servicing climate control eesssessesesesseesseesscesse 4 31 Shift lock release TranSMiSSION ccceeeeee 5 14 Shifting Automatic transmission siccuisccssssccascccssvessss 5 10 Manual transmission sssccccsseeceeeeeeeees 5 15 Shoulder belt height adjustment 0006 1 15 Side impact air bag SySteEM cccccsssecceseees 1 46 Snow mode switch sass sewers uesasncessavecassanauertancctis 2 42 Spare tire xsasncsesssieuesatutsauyragtertadsicecreeerncetaaenes 9 8 Spark PIUS Sarees en aana 8 18 Speedometer essssssseseesseeesseessse
305. ing The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 Turn the engine off 2 Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord 3 Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged exten sion cord 4 Plug the extension cord into a Ground 5 54 Starting and driving Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours de pending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the en gine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts 4A WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical system or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the en gine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could re sult in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged ex tension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury 6 In
306. ing conditions e when it is not possible to keep the ve hicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e onwinding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con trol and result in an accident 4X CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depressing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur depress the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage 5 18 Starting and driving RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS BWN gt The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator will come on To set cruising speed accelerate your ve hicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it The CRUISE SET indicator will come on in the instrument panel Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will main tain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this
307. ing parts are enclosed in the plastic bag Only use the recommended mounting po sition or Intelligent Cruise Control ICC sensor obstruction if so equipped may result e License plate bracket e J nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning the lines a be hind the top of the front bumper opening with part of the rear sur face of the license plate bracket 2 To determine where to drill the hole mark along both sides of the mounting hole by using a felt tip pen 3 Remove the license plate bracket and connect the arcs to form ovals Mark the point in the center of each oval These are the pilot drilling locations 4 Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia or damage to the nut may occur Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add 90 turn onto the part Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION 4A WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be
308. inking and driving don t mix And that s true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS For AWD models 4A WARNING e Do not drive beyond the performance ca pability of the tires even with AWD en gaged Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the rear wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully e This vehicle is not designed for offroad rough road use Do not drive on sandy or muddy roads that tires may get stuck in For AWD equipped vehicles do not at tempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any D drive or R reverse position Doing so may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dynamometer even if the other two wheels are raised of the ground Doing so may result in transmis sion damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury When a wheel is off the ground due to
309. is forcibly turned beyond its operation limits e The battery voltage is reduced Repeated steering maneuvers that may activate the protection mechanism will damage the 4WAS system 4A WARNING The 4WAS system although a sophisticated device cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving tech niques Ultimately the responsibility for safety of self and others rests in the hands of the driver Therefore only through atten tive and careful driving methods can the 4WAS system be fully appreciated and safety optimized COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer or glycerin to it through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protection For additional informa tion see Engine cooling system in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see Battery in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreez
310. is indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed 2 24 Instruments and controls 10 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 11 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position 12 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See Window washer fluid in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 13 Door trunk open warning ignition switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the trunk lid are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indi cates which door or the trunk lid is open on the display 14 Time to rest indicator This indicator appears when the set time to rest indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See Trip Computer later in this section 15 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears if the outside tem perature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See Trip Computer later in this section
311. ise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protec tion by the seat belt and supplemental air bag INFINITI recommends that pre teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat INFINITI also recommends that ap propriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant clas sification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front pas senger air bag OFF for specified child re straints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the automatic locking mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash in stead of being OFF See Child restraints earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occu pied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classifica tion sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are se
312. it is not always an indication of proper supplemental air bag operation The INFINITI advanced air bag system has dual stage air bag inflators The system Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 41 monitors information from the crash zone sensor the diagnosis sensor unit seat belt buckle sensors and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor In flator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front right passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may in flate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automati cally turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the pas senger air bag status light will be illumi nated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact INFINITI or an INFINITI dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you ma
313. itaesincedines 4 46 Autochanger Compact Disc CD ncsicustcnoucccemsansxaaesinnsdenes 4 42 Autolight SyStem ssssesssseessseessseesssecssseessseesss 2 35 Automatic Automatic SUNTOOf sssssseessseessssessssessseeessee 2 54 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Climate CORIO occedoisscoscivcnsegencavenceuereeseuseas 4 25 Drive positioner eciascovanaisd hunseneordessdiacuscacs 3 26 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 Seat positioner sesssssssesseesseosseosseoseesseeos 3 26 Auxiliary pOrt ssssessseeesseceseecessecesseoesseeesseeessee 4 20 Avoiding collision and rollover sesssessssesssseesssee 5 5 B Battery eosccesiressii arisi nase REOR S 8 15 Battery saver system sesssesssseosessoseseose 2 36 Intelligent K Y i svicsiseiacwissccavedecsscreastevencees 8 23 Variable voltage control system 8 17 Before starting the engine essssesssseesssecsssecessee 5 9 Belts See drive belts esssssseesssesseessessscesee 8 17 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 0000 4 58 Booster Seats vic nrsievcosccencetwriccatanenncdcmatwenctepennce 1 31 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 06 5 49 Brake fluid ccoesaceseavestacsunecteusecrvaseuneaaneean Gs 8 13 Brake system sessssseeesssseeessssscesssssseessss 5 45 Parking brake operation sssccccsseeeees 5 16 Warning light sesssseesseesseeseesseceseceseesseesesee 2 14 Break in schedule sessseeeseee
314. ith a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the ve hicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat O is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the cen ter of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used or the front passenger seat BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION ZL If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Al ways follow all recommended proce 4A WARNING INFINITI recommends that booster seats be installed in the rear seat However if you must install a booster seat in the front pas senger seat move the passenger s seat to the rearmost position 4 amp CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt automatic locking mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat adjust the seatback so that it
315. ition switch is pushed to the ON position The driver s seat will not return to the pre vious positions if the seat or steering ad justing switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position Cancel or activate entry exit function The selector lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the OFF position The entry exit function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds Activating or canceling the entry exit function using the SET switch also acti vates or cancels the seat synchronization function The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry exit function The entry exit function can also be acti vated or canceled if the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key is turned to ON or OFF in the Comfort amp Conv settings See Vehicle information and settings in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems section Initialize entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected
316. itioning system service Your INFINITI dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact an INFINITI dealer when servicing your air conditioning system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ35HR Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore X Stroke in mm 3 760 X 3 205 95 5 X 81 4 Displacement cu in cm 213 45 3 498 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm See the emission control information Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm label on the underside of the hood Spark plug Standard FXE22HR 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain VQ35HR models The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Offset in mm 17 x 7 1 2 1 77 45 Aluminum 18 x 7 1 2 1 77 45 18 x 8 1 2 1 97 50 Spare 1 18 30 Tire P225 55R17 Conventional 225 50R18 33 230 245 45R18 Spare T type T145 80D17 60 420 9 8 Technical and consumer information DIMENSIONS Overall length With front license plate in mm Overall width in mm Overall height in mm Front tread in mm Rear tread in mm Wheelbase in mm 1 Two wheel drive 2WD 18 in tire models 2 All wheel drive AWD models 3 Two wheel drive 2WD 17
317. itions when it is not possible to keep the ve hicle at a set speed in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed on winding or hilly roads on slippery roads rain snow ice etc in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident SA At COAST SET Conventional fixed speed cruise control switch 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally SET COAST switch Sets the desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally CANCEL switch Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system Starting and driving 5 37 CRUISE CRUISE 3 Conventional fixed speed cruise control mode display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON 2 Cruise set switch indicator Displays while the vehicle speed is controlled by the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode of the ICC system 5 38 Starting and driving 3 Cruise system warning light Comes on if there is a malfunction in the cruise control system CRUISE Operating conventional fixed speed cruise control mode To turn on the conventional fixed speed cruise control mode push and hold the MAIN switch a for longer than about 1 5 seconds When pushing the MAIN
318. ived a SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broadcasting station for 5 seconds Push ing the button again during this 5 sec onds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that sta tion If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station PRESET PRESET select Push the PRESET select button to go to the next PRESET After choosing from the PRESET A B or C you can select the de sired channel using the INFINITI controller or pushing the station preset buttons 1 to 1 to 6 Station memory operations Six stations channels can be set for PRESET A B and C The PRESET A B and C function allows you to store a combina tion of FM AM and SAT if so equipped stations for easy access 1 Choose preset channel A B or C using the preset select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station preset buttons 4 to until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The channel indicator will then come 4 42 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems on and the sound will resume Memo rizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows
319. iven during SA mode e The ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position 4 78 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase e phone book new entry e dial three oh four two nine e delete call back number e setup pair phone e memo pad play e eight pause nine three two pause seven e delete all entries e call seven two four zero nine e phone book delete entry e memo pad record e dial star two one seven oh e Yes e No e select ringtone dial eight five six nine two Bluetooth on setup change priority call three one nine oh two nine seven pause pause three oh eight Cancel call back number call star two zero nine five delete phone dial eight three zero five one Home four three pause two nine pause zero delete redial number phone book list names call eight oh five four one Correction setup change ringtone dial seven four oh one eight setup main menu Delete dial nine seven two Six six memo pad delete call seven six three oh one go back call five six two eight zero dial six six four three seven Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solu tions
320. k Universal Transceiver once programmed may now be used to acti vate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter bat teries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without interruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmit ter in that position for up to 15 sec onds If HomeLink is not pro grammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming diffi culties please contact the INFINITI Con sumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual Instruments and controls 2 61 CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and re lease when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HomeLink BUTTON
321. l push the DUAL button 4 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button The A C indi cator will turn off 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the Gy front defroster button The indicator light on the but ton will come on Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows push the fan speed increase button gg and set it to the maximum position As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode When the gy front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at out side temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshi
322. l interfer ence from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble re sponse Multipath reception Because of the re flective characteristics of FM signals di rect and reflected signals reach the re ceiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low fre quency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the iono sphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms elec trical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception When the satellite radio if so equipped is first installed or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data
323. lassification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 When selling your vehicle we request supplemental front air bag system Tam that you inform the buyer about the pering with the seat belt system may re supplemental front air bag system and sult in serious personal injury guide the buyer to the appropriate sec tions in this Owner s Manual e Work on and around the supplemental front air bag system should be done by KY o an an INFINITI dealer Installation of electri cal equipment should also be done by an p INFINITI dealer The Supplemental Re A Aa straint System SRS wiring should not be modified or disconnected Unautho rized electrical test equipment and prob ing devices should not be used on the air Yy ZA NS bag system e A cracked windshield should be re SUPPLEMENTAL SIDE IMPACT AIR placed immediately by a qualified repair BAG AND CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT facility A cracked windshield could af AIR BAG SYSTEM fect the function of the supplemental air o bag system The supplemental side impact air bags are located in the outside of the seatback e The SRS wiring harness connectors are of the front seats The supplemental cur yellow and orange for easy identifica tain side impact air bags are located in tion the side roof rails These systems
324. leased The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position 4A WARNING When the daytime running light system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your head lights Failure to do so could cause an acci dent injuring yourself and others Adaptive Front lighting System AFS if so equipped The Adaptive Front lighting System AFS will automatically adjust the headlights low beam toward the turning direction to improve the driver s view When the head light switch is ON and the driver operates the steering wheel in a turn the AFS sys tem will be activated The AFS will operate e when the headlight switch is ON e when the selector lever is in any posi tion other than P Park or R Reverse e when the vehicle is driven at above 16 MPH 25 km h for the left side head light Note that the right side low beam headlight will swivel but the left side will not swivel when the vehicle is at a stop and the steering wheel is turned The vehicle must attain a speed above 16 MPH 25 km h before AFS activates the left side headlight To turn the AFS off push the OFF side of the AFS switch The AFS OFF indicator light will illuminate Push the ON side of the switch to turn the system on again AFS will also adjust the headlight to a proper axis automatically depending on the number of occupants in the vehicle the lo
325. lf lines Vehicles operated in high tempera tures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes imme diately locate the trouble and correct it See Precautions when starting and driving in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas Carbon monox ide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evi dent check for the cause and have it cor rected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold and the engine is turned off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any
326. ling function op erates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Open or close seer ae the airflow di e Do not use the recirculation mode for rection of ventilators long periods as it may cause the interior o air to become stale and the windows to X This symbol indicates that the fo g up vents are closed This symbol indicates that the Start the engine and operate the auto vents are open matic climate control system When the STATUS button is pushed the automatic climate control status screen will appear See How to use STATUS but ton earlier in this section m Side ventilators Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 Audio OFF Driver Passenger gt 75 amp l a 79 F uro SS 0000 DUAL You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button rR WN TypeA AUTO automatic climate control ON button Temperature control dial driver side A C air conditioner ON OFF button fan speed increase button Gp front defroster button MODE manual air flow control button DUAL zone contr
327. ll down the rear center armrest and pull out the trunk pass through lid 4 To lock the lid use the mechanical key and turn it to the LOCK position 2 To unlock turn the mechanical key to the UNLOCK position G For the mechanical key usage see Keys Intelligent Key in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section Make sure that the mechanical key is re moved from the trunk pass through lid key cylinder before opening or closing the lid Otherwise the lid and the rear armrest may be damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced INFINITI strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position in cludes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven AA WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be properly re strained in the rear seat and if appropri ate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly ad justed to a snug fit Failu
328. lock 3 Push the door handle request switch again within 5 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and outside chime sounds once again All the doors will unlock Any door should be opened within 1 minute after the door is unlocked Other wise all the doors will be locked again automatically gamp Opening trunk lid 1 Push the trunk open request switch a for more than 1 second 2 The trunk will unlatch An outside chime will sound four times 3 Raise the trunk lid to open the trunk Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protection is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the In telligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and the trunk will open BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC posi tion and e All doors are closed and e The selector lever is in the P Park po sition Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display W
329. low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover a using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock as illus trated 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Push the ignition switch to the ON posi tion to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have an INFINITI dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible MANUAL TRANSMISSION Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or downshifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into the appropriate gear then slowly and smoothly release the clutch This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To en sure smooth gear changes fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully de pressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Trans mission damage
330. lowing maximum thresh olds Seat sliding 3 0 inch 76 mm Seatback reclining 9 1 degrees Seat lifer rear side 0 8 inch 20 mm MEMO Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Sare NOTE aco cece sense cc tea ss snse ue enesanceeccesereeessorenee Center multi function control panel How to use INFINITI controller How to use touch screen models with navigation system c cecsccecececececsceeceees Start up screen models with navigation SYSTEM sicnussdcoideastenessacedcavaacsentdetnlovaucotseaionns SAE MENU oc csavcncsaccoentesicacsaravevssoscesontuenanceuts How to select menus on the screen Vehicle information and SettingS ccc00 How to use STATUS button 00008 How to use BRIGHTNESS CONTROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF button ccccecesceees How to use INFO button cccccceeeees How to use SETTING button 008 How to use AUX DUttONn c ccc cee scenes Rearview monitor if so equipped 68 How to read the displayed lines How to park with predicted course lines How to adjust the screen cccceceeeees Operating tiPS eesssoesssseessssessseessossessosseo Ventilators wasn cecewies tutus N Automatic climate Control ccc ccc cee sees eees
331. lt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger and rear seat belts have a locking mechanism for child re straint installation It is referred to as the automatic locking mode or child restraint mode When the automatic locking mechanism is SSS0291A Rear seat activated the seat belt cannot be ex tended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully re tracted Once retracted the seat belt is in the emergency locking mode For addi tional information see Child restraints later in this section The automatic locking mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occu pant the locking mode should not be acti vated If it is activated it may cause uncom fortable seat belt tension 4A WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not com pletely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt will automati cally retract Checking seat belt operation Your seat belt retractors are designed to lock belt movement by two separate methods e when the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e when the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase yo
332. ly injure or kill your child See Child restraints earlier in this section for de tails SSS0188A 4A WARNING Supplemental side air bag and curtain side impact air bag e The supplemental side air bag and cur tain side impact air bag ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal im pact rear impact rollover or lower se verity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or se verity of injury in various kinds of acci dents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 e The seat belts the supplemental side air mental side air bag inflation bags and curtain side impact air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain side impact air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Do not allow anyone sit ting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the supplemental side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be especially careful with children who should always be properly restrained Some examples of dangerous riding po
333. m 1 11 THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT 4A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dan gerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive seri ous internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and ad just the seat belt properly 1 Front seat Fastening the seat belts Adjust the seat See Seats earlier in this section Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re tractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until it clicks The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion will permit the belt to move and allow you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Rear seat the belt and release it Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Front seat 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Make sure the shoulder be
334. m is turned to ON the driv ers seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the drivers door is opened After get ting into the vehicle and pushing the igni tion switch to the ACC position the driv ers seat moves to the previous position Return All Settings to Default Select this item push the ENTER button and choose YES if you want to return all settings to the default E Settings gt Others A _ _ Voice Recognition g Language Units Others settings models with navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Voice Recognition e Command List Displays the voice command list on the screen Minimize Voice Feedback When this item is turned to ON vocal feedback is reduced if the voice recog nition system is activated Voice Command Learning Select this item to have the INFINITI Voice Recognition system learn the us er s voice The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons For the details of this function refer to INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section User Guide Select this item to learn the operation flow of the INFINITI Voice Recognition system with the help of a step by step guide Language Units Select Language Choose the Select Language key and push the EN
335. m the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic compo nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult an INFINITI dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requireMentl cceceecscesesceeees 8 2 General MaINteENaNnce ccscececescscececcscecesees 8 2 Explanation of maintenance item6 8 2 Maintenance precautions cceceecscescsceecees 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 VQ35HR engine cccccccceccecccecccccescccccecccs 8 7 Engine cooling system s sssesssessoessoesssesoossso 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 06 8 8 Changing engine coolant ccecesceceeeees 8 9 Engime Oilersa 8 9 Checking engine oil level ceceeeeeeee 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter 8 10 Automatic transmission fluid csceeeeeees 8 12 Power Steering flUIC cc cccceece ete sceeceeceeees 8 12
336. make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly posi tioned in the footwell to prevent interfer ence with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and re placed if they become excessively worn Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brack ets to act as floor mat positioning aid INFINITI floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floor pan contour Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry com pletely before using them See Seat belt maintenance in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system section 4A WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may severely weaken the seat belt webbing Appearance and care 7 5 CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities
337. may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs Oth erwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the en gine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stopping dis tance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at an INFINITI dealer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging sys tem is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see an INFINITI dealer immediately A amp A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing AWAS Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS warning light if so equipped If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate that there is a malfunction with the Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS portion of the steering system Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and then to the ON position If the light does not turn off after cycling the engine have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer For further information about the Four
338. mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you See Keys Intelligent Key earlier in this section To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE 4A WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s ac cess to Intelligent Keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle 4 until the lock re leases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever is made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle is located on the back of the trunk lid as illustrated You can also access the handle through the trunk pass through rear seat arm rest To open the trunk lid from the rear seat pull the release handle towards front of ve hicle until the lock releases 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE The secondary trunk lid release mecha nism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event of the loss of el
339. n formation about Saved Album Saved Track and Remaining Time is displayed b Mood Categories Number of saved tracks and their categories Relax ing Music Lively Music Slow Music Upbeat Music and Others are displayed c Deleted Items Information about the deleted tracks is displayed d Search Missing Titles If titles are not displayed for CDs that have been recorded titles can be ac quired using one of the following methods e Retrieve from HDD Searches the title using the data base in the hard disk e Retrieve from CF Searches the title from the informa tion acquired on the Internet Visit www infiniti com for details e Transfer Missing Titles to CF Transfers the information of the album recorded without titles to a CompactFlash card Visit www infi niti com for details e Music Box Settings See Music Box settings later in this sec tion f CDDB Version the version of the built in Gracenote Database is dis played 2 Music Box gt Audio Text Track Set Mood Delete Track Edit Info Remove Track iw Q zZ Text Refer to the following information for each item Set Mood Set the mood category of the track to Relaxing Music Lively Music Slow Music or Upbeat Music Delete Track Delete the track being played Edit Info Edit the name of the track being played and its artist using the keypad displ
340. n another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of ve hicles When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH System or a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident AX CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before plac ing your child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint lower anchor system re ferred to as the Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System or LATCH Some child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these lower anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren System LATCH in this sec tion If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used See Child restraint installed us ing the seat belts later in this section In general child restraints are also designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child re straints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it compl
341. n 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the dis play shows 3 Elapsed time and trip odometer mls or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time 4 Distance to empty dte mls or km The distance to empty dte mode pro Instruments and controls 2 27 vides you with an estimation of the dis tance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warn ing feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e If the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed e When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank
342. n roads with light traffic It is not advisable to use the sys tem in city traffic or congested areas This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads in heavy rain or in fog most conditions This system will not automatically brake Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane the vehicle to a stop 5 22 Starting and driving 4A WARNING As there is a performance limit to the distance control function never rely solely on the Intelligent Cruise Control system This system does not correct careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor visibility in rain fog or other bad weather Decel erate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal depending on the dis tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur rounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between ve hicles Although the brake operation is con trolled by the system the system does not automatically stop the vehicle If the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h the Intelligent Cruise Control system is automatically can celed and a warning chime sounds The brake control is also canceled The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road o
343. n systems 4 85 e Audio COMMAND ACTION Audio Play Turns the audio system on Audio OFF Turns the audio system off e CF Compact Flash OFF Stops the playback of the CompactFlash card Compact Flash Text Displays the information about the file currently being played Compact Flash Menu Displays the CompactFlash menu 4 86 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Help COMMAND ACTION Phone Redial Redials the phone number last dialed Phone Dial Dials the phone number given in the command Bide ane number io the phone number given in the command Speak the phone number in one sequence The number is automatically di Phonebook Shows the first page of the Phonebook list Dials the phone number registered in the specified voicetag Outputs the Voicetags registered in the system Climate Control Help COMMAND ACTION Climate Control Turns the climate control system on and operates it in the AUTO mode Climate Control OFF Turns the climate control system off Temperature lt 60 90 gt Sets the climate control temperature to the value given in the command Driver Temperature lt 60 90 gt Sets the driver s side temperature to the value given in the command Passenger Temperature lt 60 90 gt Sets the passenger s side temperature to the value given in the command Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Others Help e Vehicle COMMAND
344. n the 9 Technical 10 11 and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil tem perature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Al ways use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover into po sition as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into position c Insert the clip through the under cover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place d Install the other bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 to strip the bolts or over tighten them Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground Dispose of waste oil and filter prop erly 4A WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself AUTOMATIC TRA
345. n the ashtray lid push the lid down and release it 1 To empty the ashtray pull out 2 The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lighter in all the way then release it When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use 4 amp CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is a power source for the cigarette lighter element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter REAR To open the ashtray lid pull 4 To empty the ashtray push down 2 and pull out Instruments and controls 2 45 STORAGE CUP HOLDERS AX CAUTION e Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger e Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an acci dent 2 46 Instruments and controls Automatic transmission models Front Manual transmission models Front To open the cup holder push the lid 1 To open the cup holder slide the lid 1 The flap A will be folded down when in Install the partition plate into the slit 2 serting a large container To remove the inner tray for cleaning pull it up as illustrated 2 SIC1846B Manual transmission models Cons
346. ndi tioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag 5 42 Starting and driving ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped Warning light Comes on or blinks when I 7 n There is a malfunction in the all wheel drive system am Comes on The power train oil temperature rises abnormally The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys tem while the engine is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high power train oil temperature The driving mode may change to two wheel drive If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light goes off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn If the warning light is blinking after the above operation have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible
347. ne the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of avail able cargo and luggage load ca pacity is 650 lbs 1 400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu lated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and lug gage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Ve hicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See Measurement of Weights later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pressures See the Tire and Loading In formation label LOADING TIPS e The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label e Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the
348. nebook registration is completed the screen will return to the name list of the phonebook There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the fol lowing options instead of Transfer via Bluetooth in step 4 above Enter Data by Keypad Input the name and phone number manu ally using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Copy from Downloaded Phonebook Copy a phonebook from the Bluetooth cellular phone The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellu lar phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the outgoing call list Copy from Incoming Call Logs Store the name and phone number from the incoming call list Transfer via Bluetooth Transfer a contact from the Bluetooth cellular phone Availability of this function Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 depends on each cellular phone The transferring procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellu lar phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for more details Delete Delete a contact that is registered in the phonebook Phone m Y Call Phonebook Call Call Logs Call Downloaded Making a call To make a call follow the
349. nfluence of al cohol or drugs e ALWAYS observe posted speed limits and never drive too fast for conditions e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you e ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro priate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat e ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle e ALWAYS review this Owner s Manual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modi fication could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems re sulting from modification will not be cov ered under the INFINITI warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model There fore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illus trations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing INFINITI reserves the right to change specifications or de sign at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways 4A WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cau
350. not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth Automatic transmission models AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center console NTSC compatible de vices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be con nected to the auxiliary jacks Manual transmission models The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identification purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your INFINITI be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the elec tronic control modules and electronic con trol system harness 4A WARNING e Acellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some juris dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele phones while driving e If you must make a call while your ve hicle is in motion the hands free cel lular phone operational mode if so equi
351. nown as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial Two digit number 15 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 95 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires be cause it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Depart ment of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s iden tification mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufac ture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For ex ample the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire 3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indi cate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others 4 Maximum permissible inflation pres sur
352. ny door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after 30 min utes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see Vehicle informa tion and settings in the 4 Monitor cli mate audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illumi nate under the following condition Instruments and controls 2 57 e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 3 the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition AA CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery 2 58 Instruments and controls VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will also turn off after 30 min utes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged TRUNK LIGHT
353. o each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 2 Apply parking brake Move the se lector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the R Reverse position Manual transmission models Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to re duce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the se quence as illustrated 4 If the battery is disconnected or dis charged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock 4X CAUTION Always connect positive to positive and negative to body ground for example strut mounting bolt engine lift bracket etc not to the battery Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine com partment and that clamps do not contact any other metal Start the engine of the booster vehicle a and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle A at about 2 000 rpm and start your engine of the jumped ve hicle in the normal manner In case of emergency 6 9 AX CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition swit
354. o phones are paired the system an nounces No paired phones to list The system then ends the VR session Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones paired with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the ve hicle at the same time The system asks you to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is confirmed the se lected phone remains active until the igni tion switch is turned OFF or you select a new phone Change Priority Use the Change Priority command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Bluetooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired wit
355. o that it does not operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Manual transmission models Move the shift lever to the N position Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed so that it does not operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed 3 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position If the engine starts but fails to run re peat the above procedure e lf the engine is very hard to start in ex tremely cold weather or when restarting Starting and driving 5 9 depress the accelerator pedal a little ap proximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding push the ignition switch for up to 15 seconds to crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine Starts e If the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Crank the engine for 5 to 6 seconds After crank ing the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate
356. o the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recommends the use of SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads stud ded tires may be used However some provinces and states prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws be fore installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Snow tires could affect the proper opera tion of the low tire pressure monitoring system All Wheel Drive AWD models 4X CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may dam age the transmission transfer case and differential gears e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand con struction and tread pattern The tir
357. o the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other ma terial may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean the blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild de tergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 e Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision REPLACING A Replace the wiper blades if they are worn CAUTION 1 Pull the wiper arm e After wiper blade replacement return 2 Push the release tab A and then the wiper arm to its original position move the wiper blade down the wiper arm 1 while pushing the release tab otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the e Make sure the wiper blades contact the wiper arm until a click sounds glass otherwise the arm may be dam aged from wind pressure 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself If you wax the surface of the hood be
358. ode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the ve hicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK button 2 is pushed the hazard in dicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indica tor flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Hazard indicator and horn mode Intelligent Key system Using door handle request switch or trunk open request switch Remote keyless entry system Using A i B or 6 button Hazard indicator mode Intelligent Key system Using door handle request switch or trunk open request switch Remote keyless entry system Using A B or 6 button DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME OUTSIDE CHIME 4 twice once times HAZARD twice HAZARD once HAZARD none HORN once HORN none HORN none DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK TRUNK UNLOCK HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none HAZARD twice HAZARD none HAZARD none Switching procedure Push the LOCK and UNLOCK 2 buttons on the Intelligent Key si multaneously for more th
359. ok 1 stored with jacking tools as illustrated Make sure that the hook is properly se cured in the original place after use Do not use the tie down hooks 2 for towing or vehicle recovery 4 amp CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehicle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc e Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks e Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cooling systems e Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and be hind the vehicle is clear of obstruc tions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward Shift back and forth between R re verse and D drive automatic trans mission models or 1st low and R re verse manual transmission models Apply the accelerator as little as po
360. ol ON OFF button Temperature control dial pas senger side 4 26 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems OFF button for climate control system 8 ge fan speed decrease button kg rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section 10 X gt intake air control button AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL TYPE A Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indi cator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Turn the temperature control dial driver side to set the desired tem perature Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto matically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled auto matically 3 You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button When the DUAL button is pushed or the passenger side tem perature control button is turned the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature contro
361. ole box Rear To open the console boxes push the To open the cup holder pull the lid Soft bottle holder knob A and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until the lock A CAUTION latches e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers Instruments and controls 2 47 SUNGLASSES HOLDER 4A WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push 4 2 48 Instruments and controls CAUTION Do not use for anything other than glasses Do not leave glasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight The heat may damage the glasses GLOVE BOX 4A WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle 4 To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock 2 unlock G the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see Keys Intelligent Key in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjust ments section Automatic transmission models Manual transmission models CONSOLE BOX To open the console boxes push up the knob and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched Instruments and controls 2 49 e SIC2154A
362. oline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun light or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign substances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road Salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax An INFINITI dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions sup plied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abra sives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive pol ishing on a base coat clear coat paint fin ish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS
363. omatically canceled e When the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e When the vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 MPH 32 km h e When the selector lever is shifted to the N Neutral position 5 40 Starting and driving When the VDC operates except ABS which is functional with ICC system operation When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high CRUISE CRUISE Warning light When the system is not operating prop erly the chime sounds and the system warning light Orange will come on Action to take If the warning light comes on park the vehicle in a safe place Turn the engine off restart the engine resume driving and then perform the setting again If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions have the vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealer PREVIEW FUNCTION for Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models The ICC system with the preview function identifies the need to apply emergency braking by sensing the vehicle ahead in the same lane and the distance to the ve hicle ahead and relative speed from it it applies the brake pre pressure before the driver depresses the brake pedal and helps improve brake response by re ducing pedal free play For more details refer to Brake assist later in this section
364. on e Push the DISC button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Mu sic Box mode e Give voice commands See INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM later in this section Stopping playback The system stops playing when a another mode radio CD Compact Flash or AUX is selected b the audio system is turned off c the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position FF Fast Forward REW Rewind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the fast forward or w re wind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the track will play while fast forwarding or re winding When the button is released the track will return to the normal play speed When the or lt n button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the begin ning of the current track will be played The INFINITI controller can also be used to select tracks when a track is being played 4 48 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Play mode selection To change to another album or artist turn the MP3 WMA folder selector SCAN REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Bi Playlist RPT 1 Playlist RPT 1 TRK Track RPT 1 Playlist MIX All Playlist n U w gt Q A 2 Music Box gt Menu il Pl
365. on DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify INFINITI by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dyna mometers used by some states for emis sions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Us ing the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal in jury Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is re paired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready con dition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine
366. on to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving posi tion it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an ex tender is available The extender adds ap proximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See an INFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex tender is required 4A WARNING e Only INFINITI belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the INFINITI seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an ex tender Such unnecessary use could re sult in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any non caustic solution recommended for gently cleaning cloth upholstery or carpets Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 Then brush it wipe with a cloth and al low it to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the sho
367. one Mode W Skip Voice Prompt Setup Use the Setup command to change op tions associated with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Pair Phone Use the Pair Phone command to pair a phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When you are asked to enter a PIN code for pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone op erate it to enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired 4 76 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Up to 5 phones can be paired If you try to pair a sixth phone the system announces that you must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If you try to pair a phone that has already been paired to your vehicle s system the system announces the name the phone is already using The pairing procedure will then be canceled When prompted by the system choose from the following commands e New phone Refer to Pairing a phone earlier in this section e Replace phone The system an nounces the names of the phones al ready paired and asks which you would like to replace Once you say the name of the phone you wish to replace the paring proce dure will begin Refer to Pairing pro cedure earlier in this section e List phone See the description below List Phones Use the List Phone command to hear the names of the phones currently paired If n
368. one by an INFINITI dealer All seat belt assemblies including re tractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision by an INFINITI dealer INFINITI recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly SSS0134A Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hard ware should be inspected after any colli sion Always follow the restraint manu facturer s inspection instructions and re placement recommendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources in cluding doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community orga nizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child re straint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year
369. ons under the heading Wheels and tires in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight 18 inch tire models When replacing a front tire make sure that the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated 4 2 GB until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illus trated Lower the vehicle completely 4A WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tight ened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve hicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recom mended that wheel nuts be tightened to specifications at each lubrication in terval Adjust tire
370. or immediate action required FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during brak ing turning acceleration or going up or down hill The gauge needle returns to E Empty af ter the ignition switch is pushed to LOCK Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis ters E Empty The low fuel warning fh appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the ENGINE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as pos sible After a few driving trips the ENGINE light should turn off If the light re SOON mains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer e For additional information see Mal function indicator light MIL later in this section COMPASS if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the compass display will indicate the direction of the vehicle s heading a N North Se NW Northwest NE Northeast W West NEY SW Southwest SE Southea ie t S South
371. ork prop erly The following CDs may not work prop erly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunc tion 3 1in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prere corded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted cor rectly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove 4 34 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the tem perature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio sys tem only MP3 or WMA CD CompactFlash CF player Do not force a CF card into the slot This could damage the CF card and or player During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the hu midity If this occurs remove the CF card and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The CF player sometimes cannot
372. ose a folder displayed on the screen using the INFINITI controller SCAN REPEAT RPT When the RPT button is pushed while the CompactFlash card is played the play pattern can be changed as follows D 1 CF CompactFlash CARD RPT 1 FOLDER Mg 1 FOLDER MIX 1 CF CARD MIX 1 TRK Track RPT CF EJECT When the knob next to the CF slot is pushed with the CF card inserted the CF card will be ejected Messages The following messages will be displayed under certain conditions e Reading Compact Flash The system is reading the CF card inserted in the slot e No Compact Flash card A CF card is not inserted in the slot e Compact Flash read error The system cannot read a CF card Unplayable file The system cannot play a music file e No audio file The CF card inserted in the slot or its folder does not contain any music files Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 Compatibility with other media If a commercially available CompactFlash adapter is inserted into the slot your memory media can also be used MUSIC BOX HARD DISK DRIVE AUDIO SYSTEM models with navigation system The Music Box hard disk drive audio system can store songs from CDs being played The system has a 9 3 gigabyte GB storage capacity and can record up to 200 hours approximately 2 900 songs The following CDs can be recorded in the MUSIC BOX hard disk drive audio sy
373. ossossossessess Cruise control Fixed speed cruise control on ICC system essssesessessssssseeceesessssseececeesesses Cruise control Intelligent cruise control ICC SYSTE ereere aeron EEE EES E ES Cup holderS ssssesseeesseeessseessscesssecssseessseessseee Curtain side impact air bag system 066 D Daytime running light system e ssesssseessseesssee Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster Switch e sssssesessssscesssseeeeesss Dimensions sseessseessseessssessssossesessesooseeosseeossseoses Display cleaning eeessseseesssseesssssecosssseeeessseeees Display controls See center multi function CONT OD ANED ceense N Dot matrix liquid crystal display sseeee Drive belts sa iecescectevncrsvotseuness eicticerieareouserndenindets Drive positioner sssssssssssssseessssessseessssessseessseeo Driving All wheel drive AWD ssssssssessessssssssssee All wheel drive AWD safety precautions 5 6 Cold weather driving scccesseceseeceeees 5 52 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 Driving with manual transmission 5 15 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 E Economy Fuel ssesssesssesseosseessesseesseosseosseossessee 5 41 Elapsed tiM Css cridas seinansceseeaneeudaevenranersadacaectens 2 27 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty cseee 9 18 Engine
374. ourse line and the actual course line e If the battery is disconnected or be comes discharged the predicted course 4 22 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems lines may be displayed incorrectly If this occurs please perform the fol lowing procedures Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the engine is running Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes When the steering wheel is turned with the ignition switch in the ACC position the predicted course lines may be dis played incorrectly The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance be tween the vehicle and displayed objects When backing up the vehicle up a hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and course Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle The rear view of the vehicle is dis played on the screen as illustrated when the selector lever is moved to the R position The pred
375. over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Never leave children unattended in the vehicle 5 44 Starting and driving SD1006MA Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmission selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the button at the end of the lever Firmly apply the parking brake Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Place the shift lever in the R Reverse gear When parking on an uphill grade place the shift lever in the 1st gear To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good prac tice to turn the wheels as illustrated HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB O Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB G Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the
376. ox settings ze Automatic Recording 3 Recording Quality o e JE Title Text Priority o gt JE Delete ALL Music Box Data Music Box settings To set up the Music box hard disk drive audio system to your preferred settings select the Menu key during playback Music Box System Info key and Music Box Settings key with the INFINITI con troller and then push the ENTER button Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Mu sic Box hard disk audio system auto matically starts recording when a CD is in serted 4 52 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Gracenote NOTE e The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guar anteed e The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance gt gracenote End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusicID Terms of Use This device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software en ables this application to do online disc identification and obtain music related in formation including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by mean
377. power point essseessesseesseesseosscoeseesseesseoo 2 44 Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWIC Ni ciceasacespicewsia ta canes pent isunseracarsseasdanssawiaaions 2 33 Rearview Monitor esssesseesseosseosseoseesssosseosseosse 4 21 Recorders Event data sssesssssssscsssesesssessos 9 20 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 9 Remote keyless entry system cccsssscceeeeees 3 14 Reporting safety defects US only 0 9 18 Roadside assistance Program scccssssecceeeeeee 6 2 ROLULO S EE E E EE 5 5 S Safety Child seat belts ccsiiecorscscoirseneinstideeiseetnees 1 10 Reporting safety defects US onlly 9 18 Seat adjustment Front power Seat adjuStMent ssseeeee 1 2 Front seats dc cacesssvousananssversieenievcebasinenieeacnends 1 2 Seat belt s Child safety accisecatecaccckmaaencesaaeoespatiaoueaeenns 1 10 Infants eanas E S EE 1 11 Injured DETSONS essessssesssseessseessseessseessseesssse 1 11 Larger children esssssesssessesseesseoreresscessesseee 1 11 Pre tensioner seat belt system 1 48 Precautions on seat belt usage sesser 1 8 Pregnant WOMen sessssesssssosesesessceoseseseseoe 1 11 Seat belt cleaning ssssessssssesseeesresseeseesseees 7 5 Seat belt extenderS ssseessseessssessssesssecsssse 1 15 Seat belt Maintenance eesssesssssessssessssesssse 1 15 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 18 Seat belts ccv
378. ppears when you push the SETTING button Gi Sete Corin con E Settings gt Comfort amp Conv e EO JE Auto all Sensitivity _ sum E Auto Headlights Off Delay OCs D i JE Speed Sensing Wiper Interval on 0 on Selective Door Unlock 0 on 0 on Down Cabin lighting when unlocking Er r H HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the dis play screen in menus Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is high lighted different areas on the screen pro vide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the cur rent screen i e push SETTING button gt choose Comfort amp Conv menu item 4 8 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen i e Auto Interior Il lumination etc UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the INFINITI controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Screen Count Shows the number of menu selections available for that screen i e 1 9 Footer Information Line Provides more information if avail able about the menu selection cur rently highlighted i e Cabin lighting when unlocking doors VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio climate control syst
379. pped is highly recommended Exer cise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle opera tion e Ifa conversation in a moving vehicle re quires you to take notes pull off the road to a Safe location and stop your ve hicle before doing so CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as pos sible from the electronic control mod ules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the an tenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult an INFINITI dealer 4 58 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM if so equipped 4A WARNING Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a Safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation If a conversation in a moving vehicle re quires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your ve hicle before doing so AA CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your INFINITI is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wire less connection betw
380. pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is op erational PASSENGER wer AIR BAG V2 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light AA WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some condi tions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual con cerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light ag IS located above the ashtray The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The name IS OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as out lined in this section The ss illumi nates to indicate that the front pas senger air bag is OFF and will not in flate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the pas senger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light sa is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is operational Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag i
381. r Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher using the multi function controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Naviga tion System Owner s Manual Navigation settings if so equipped For the details of Navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Settings gt Volume and Beeps Ao oo ea Guidance vo DIDODDOOODODODIN TA cuisanceveice Ca A U TULLE 2 E Ringer Vol Se incoming Call CO OOOO A TT tnd Outgoing Call O 0000 lt Volume and Beeps settings models with navigation system The following display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume and Beeps key with the INFINITI controller and pushing the ENTER button Guidance Vol To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or softer select the Guidance Vol ume and adjust it with the INFINITI con troller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control Settings gt Volume and Beeps 2 O 2N Z D Guidance Voice Guidance Voice CON el Ringer vol onoono Incoming Cal ONOUDDO00000000 JE Outgoing Call O 0000 Button Beeps O ON DOWN knob while voice guidance is being an nounced Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation if so equipped operation or in ot
382. r F When replacing a bulb first re move the lens and or cover Map light 4 Sy ca REMOVE A Qm nsr SD11679 SDI2031 Rear personal light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Vanity mirror light 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated The TPMS will activate only when the ve hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not de tect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details refer to Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section Tire Pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and Flat tire in the 6 In case of emergency sec tion Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires includ ing the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Informa tion label i
383. r ad justing the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for ad justing the belt routing 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Front seat Follow the warnings cautions and in structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the Three point type seat belt earlier in this section re OFF PASSENGER AIR BAG V2 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the igni tion switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light ag May or may not illuminate de pending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concerning the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System front seat side impact supplemental air bags cur tain side impact air bags and front seat pre tensioner seat belts Supplemental front air bag system The INFINITI advanced air bag system can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver
384. r as soon as possible e ifthe AWD warning light blinks on when you are driving blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and 2 14 Instruments and controls idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 sec onds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer as soon as possible r Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake sys tem then operates normally but without anti lock assistance See Brake system in the 5 Starting and driving section AT e e CHECK Automatic transmission check warning light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 se
385. r weather conditions To avoid accidents never use the Intelligent Cruise Control system under the following conditions On roads where the traffic is heavy or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow etc During bad weather rain fog snow etc When the windshield wiper is oper ated at the low speed LO or high speed HI position the Intelli gent Cruise Control system is auto matically canceled When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor On steep downhill roads the vehicle may go beyond the set vehicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes On repeated uphill and downhill roads When traffic conditions make it diffi cult to keep a proper distance be tween vehicles because of frequent acceleration or deceleration Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Control system if you are towing a trailer The system may not detect a vehicle ahead In some road or traffic conditions a ve hicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking You may need to control the distance from other ve hicles using the accelerator pedal Al ways Stay alert and avoid using the ICC system when it is not recommended in this section Type B SSD0624 SSD0625 VEHICLE TO VEHICLE DISTANC
386. rake is engaged securely AX CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see an INFINITI dealer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the mainte nance schedule in INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones AIR CLEANER Hf ATTS O Remove the retainers 4 as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See INFINITI Ser vice and Maintenance Guide for mainte nance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth 4A WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the en gine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner re moved and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel int
387. ram and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indi cator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light in dicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other pro grammed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button re leasing when the device begins to ac tivate 5 If the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train HomeLink completing the program ming may require a ladder and an other person for convenience 6 Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to re move the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door open er s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when p
388. rate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery runs down After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To se 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments curely operate the lock and unlock but tons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Locking doors and fuel filler door When you lock or unlock the doors or the trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section 1 Move the selector lever to the P posi tion push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors 2 3 Push the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key 4 All the doors and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door is open Unlocking doors and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK gg button 2 on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator fl
389. re pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still comes on while driving after ad justing the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See Flat tire in the 6 In case of emer gency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors AX CAUTION The low tire pressure warning system may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor reception of the sig nals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may tem porarily interfer
390. re to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire re straint system and increase the chance 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0136A or severity of injury in an accident Se rious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could in crease the risk of internal injuries in an accident Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effec tiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same Seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows con tinuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may indicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Once the pre tensioner seat belt has ac tivated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See an INFINITI dealer Removal and installation of the pre tensioner seat belt system components should be d
391. related content delivery For more information visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2006 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2006 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under li cense from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trade marks of Gracenote 4 54 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems CD CF CompactFlash CARE AND CLEANING CD e Handle a CD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for indus trial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated CF cards e Never touch the terminal portion of the CompactFlash cards Do not bend the car
392. ressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pres sure Tire pressure rises and falls de pending on the heat caused by the ve hicle s operation and the outside tem perature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illu minate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instru ments and controls section and Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section 4A WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illu minates or LOW PRESSURE information is displayed on the monitor screen while driving avoid sudden steering maneu vers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the ti
393. restraint 1 20 Child restraint installation using LATCH 1 21 Child restraint installation using the seat IVES PAA EE A E E T E 1 24 BOOSTEN SAILS cicecsauncet onie a oaair 1 31 Precautions on booster seats 008 1 31 Booster seat installation ssessesseeseeseeso 1 33 Supplemental restraint system sessesseesoeseeso 1 35 Precautions on supplemental restraint eE E a E E E E E vec E 1 35 INFINITI advanced air bag system front E E PSAE TR OREORE IRAE EE ESE AE 1 41 Supplemental side impact air bag and curtain side impact air bag system 1 46 Pre tensioner seat belt system front GOS siccscdudvasuseaoueaaiawis vate Cansei aeeuasoes 1 48 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 49 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 49 Repair and replacement procedure 1 50 SEATS Sit upright and well back 4A WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dan gerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive seri ous internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and ad just the seat belt properly See Precau tions on sea
394. ribution and fan speed will also be controlled auto matically 3 To turn off the climate control system push the OFF button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a malfunction Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button The A C indi cator will turn off 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compartment will be maintained auto Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 matically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automati cally e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the gy front defroster button The indicator light on the but ton will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the fan speed control dial and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the wind shield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the gy front defroster button is pushed the air condition
395. rigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate con trol system See Capacities and recom mended fuel lubricants in the 9 Tech nical and consumer information for cli mate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your INFINITI dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly climate con trol system 4A WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the RADIO button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC posi tion Radio reception is affected by station sig nal strength distance from radio trans mitter buildings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the ve hicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your INFINITI radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of th
396. rmation label Tire and loading information label 9 2 9 3 9 5 9 6 9 7 9 7 9 8 9 8 79 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 9 10 9 10 9 11 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Installing front license plate cceeeeeees 9 12 Vehicle loading information ccecesceceeees 9 13 TOV IWS ccbasevanebsotecsesecnctasccteaesbstniernediadeslatesss 9 13 Vehicle load Capacity cceccecscececeeees 9 14 Loading TIDS ccocsedecccsapcasosensosdonsiensssetvsdeatecens 9 15 Measurement of weights ccccceceeceees 9 16 Towing a EVFAILET iwwcecvedinschacvsesiekesssbesosecsebranwneines 9 16 Flat VO WTS wsctevucaoieanissahes verses eeu sos oss sossitsussis 9 16 Uniform tire quality grading cc ccce ee ee wees 9 17 Emission control system wartranty sceees 9 18 Reporting safety defects US only 9 18 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US ONIY icisssiisrrsi crisisen 9 19 Event data recorders sssesssessosssoessoessoessoee 9 20 Owner s Manual Service Manual order normati O sea stecmdeatewescaccesackasesecacormnensseueecassac 9 20 In the event of a collision cece ee eee 9 21 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure in structed in the 8 Maintenance and
397. rns to the call e Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers dur ing a call For example if you were di rected to dial an extension by an auto mated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the com mand and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call e Transfer Call Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session You can also issue the Transfer Call command again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellu lar phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off Phonebook MY Phonebook 3 C S C id amp Exit Phone Mode me Exit Phone Mode Phone book The Phone Book stores up to 40 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associated with it NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phon
398. rt without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful in terference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including inter ference that may cause undesired opera tion of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel It indicates the status of the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON po sition If the light still remains on and or the en Instruments and controls 2 31 gine will not start see an INFINITI dealer for INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when vis iting an INFINITI dealer for service 2 32 Instruments and controls WINDSHIELD WIPER AN
399. s sible to maintain the rocking motion Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D automatic transmission models or 1st and R manual transmission models Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 15 MEMO 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior cceececcecceceecccccecceceecesceccs 7 2 Washing sisciaircararparti incir oirinn Ea i 7 2 WV TS aaoi ener EEE i 7 2 Removing SOO US crcccee eee eee esreeseeas 7 3 UTR OGY vows tivaxeininesiinttsesciseassccsnaeebiateaavaosss 7 3 NAS Seta E T E qeeac ance T ET 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels cccscessceseeeees 7 3 Chrome parE torte tettctee atta rectaeseeuetuetstoacsesinsses 7 3 Tire GQUCSSING sccsecvcrenccvacsasecesiavicedesecseseaccesxess 7 3 Cleaning interior viscscveseccwepitcaiussececasnesstacecrdeneneses 7 4 Power window switch finisher 006 7 5 FOOT FANS son sianesicacnaerncseassesesreaeens boiseteceneaeant 7 5 Seat DGS asexscasectinseviisecivevssssonndeeteenawanorenins 7 5 Corrosion protection ssssssssssessosesssoeesseeesooee 7 6 Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion ssssssssssoesssscoossessooosssee 7 6 Environmental factors influence the rate of COTOS O eier EEES 7 6 To protect your vehicle from corrosion 7 6 CLE
400. s affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at mod erate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including under inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling 4A WARNING Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehicle weight capacity is indi cated on the Tire and Loading In formation label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may re sult in reduced tire life unsafe op erating conditions due to prema ture tire failure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious acci dent Loading beyond the speci fied capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle compo nents Before taking a long trip or when ever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to en sure that the tire pressures are at the specified level Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH 137 km h unless it is equipped with high speed rated tires
401. s designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as de scribed below as permitted by U S regu lations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by re quiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pat tern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an oc cupant and objects on the seat For ex ample if a child is in the front passenger seat the advanced air bag system is de signed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occu pant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 43 Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be auto matically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occu pant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherw
402. s loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The exane light should turn off after a few driving trips If the Exane light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITI dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder a while refueling 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN 4A WARNING e Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident e Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrestrained leaning forward sitting sideways or out of posi tion in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it in flates Always sit back against the seat back and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts MANUAL OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Pull the lock lever O down and adjust the steering wheel up down forward or rear ward to the desired position Push the lock le
403. s of the intended End User functions of this de vice You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EX PRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will ter minate if you violate these restrictions If your license terminates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers in cluding all ownership rights Under no cir cumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any informa tion that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights un der this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote MusiclID Service uses a unique identifier to track queries for sta tistical purposes The purpose of a ran domly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote MusiclD service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Pri vacy Policy for the Gr
404. scosity stan dard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives INFINITI does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are fol lowed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil vis cosity be selected based on the tempera tures at which the vehicle will be oper ated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recom mended could cause serious engine dam age Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When re placing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than Technical and consumer information 9 5 recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality
405. se death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely 4A CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed carefully If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this hap pen J gt If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S amp 7 Wg Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or ac tion t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING 4A WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constituents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproduc tive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www
406. semble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may re sult in serious personal injury HEATED SEATS if so equipped AA CAUTION The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gaso line thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the cen ter console can be operated indepen dently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range Q For high heat push the HI High side of the switch 2 For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch The indicator light in the switch G will Instruments and controls 2 41 illuminate when low or high is se lected 3 To turn off the heat
407. set The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth communication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www infiniti com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from INFINITI recommended cel lular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number then announces that the en try has been stored The system then ends the VR session Delete Use the Delete command to erase one en try from the phone book all entries from the phone book the current redial number or the current call back number To delete entries from the phone book Say a name or All entries when prompted by the system The system acknowledges the command and asks you to confirm the deletion To delete the current redial number or call back number say redial number or call back number when prompted by the sys tem If a redial number or a call back number exists the system deletes them without asking for confirmation If there is no number for the entry you are trying to delete the system says so and ends the VR session List Name Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book
408. set in the travel lane as illustrated 4A WARNING This system is only an aid to assist brak ing operation and is not a collision warn ing or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times As there is a performance limit to the Preview Function never rely solely on this system This system does not cor rect careless inattentive or absent minded driving or overcome poor vis ibility in rain fog or other bad weather Reduce vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles The system may not detect the vehicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions The Preview Function may not operate properly under the following conditions The vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions and the Brake Assist will operate When rain snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor When strong light for example at sunrise or sunset is directly shining on the front of the vehicle Starting and driving 5 47 Winding or hilly roads may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a ve hicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes Vehicle position in the lane may cause the sensor to temporarily not detect a vehicle in the same lane or may detect objects or vehicles in other lanes e When the Preview Function operates the brake pedal may mov
409. sitions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seat backs They may interfere with supple 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Crash zone sensor Supplemental front air bag modules INFINITI advanced air bags Supplemental side air bag modules Occupant classification sensor pat tern sensor 5 Occupant classification system control unit 6 Supplemental curtain side impact air bags 7 Supplemental curtain side impact air bag modules 8 Diagnosis sensor unit 9 Satellite sensors 10 Seat belt pre tensioner retractor INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITI advanced air bag system for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification require ments under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the front passenger supplemental air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are de signed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of
410. spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause se rious injury able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery e Your vehicle has an automatic engine cooling fan It could come on at any time Do not allow battery fluid to come into Keep hands and other objects away from contact with eyes skin clothing or it painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corro sive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything imme diately flush the contacted area with water If needed Roadside Assistance is avail able Please see your Warranty Informa tion Booklet or Roadside Assistance I D Card for the toll free number to call U S or Warranty Information Booklet Canada e Keep the battery out of the reach of chil dren e The booster battery must be rated at 6 8 Incase of emergency 4A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charg ing system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another ve hicle A position the two vehicles A and 8 to bring their batteries into close proximity t
411. ssion selector lever in the P or N position or the manual transmission shift lever in the N position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least one more time If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is acceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed 9 20 Technical and consumer information EVENT DATA RECORDERS Your vehicle is equipped with a variety of computers that monitor and control a num ber of systems to optimize performance and help service technicians with diag nosis and repair Some of the computers monitor emission control systems braking systems engine systems transmission systems tire pressure systems and air bag systems Some data about vehicle opera tion may be stored in the computers for use during servicing Other data may be stored if a crash event occurs For example vehicle speed brake application steering angle air bag readiness air bag perfor mance and seat belt use by the driver or passenger may be recorded These types of systems are sometimes called Event Data Recorders Special equipment can be used to access the electronic data that may be stored in the vehicle s computers sounds are not recorded INFINITI and INFINITI dealers have equipment to access some of this data others may also have this equip ment The data may be retrieved during routine vehicle servicing or for special re search
412. sssessosssosssoesssessosesoeeo 2 4 Meters and SAUGES ccceccscccccccceccecescescecceccs 2 6 Speedometer and odometer sceceeeee 2 7 Tachometer ssesseessoessoessosssoessoessosesosesoesso 2 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Fuel gauge ssssssosssssssoossessosossssessosessssseoee 2 9 Compass if so equipped eessssessessesesseseesse 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible AEAN E OTS PEE E PETE T A E AA 2 13 Checking bulbs seeoessssoosesssesssssssessssssse 2 13 Warning lights oseeeeeeeseoossessesosssssseossses 2 14 Indicator lights lt icssssusescasseubaseracdetenauvensenuns 2 18 Audible reminderS ccceccccscscsceccscscees 2 20 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 08 2 21 Indicators for Operation ccceceeeeeseeees 2 23 Indicators for maintenance sceceeeeees 2 25 Tip COMPUTE scsscwadscsssessecansdsanaianseeiseseasees 2 27 Security SYSTEMS succesicerrensectes ysctenaeerenrmeecencess 2 29 Vehicle security SySteEM cceceeescececees 2 29 INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 31 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 Rear window and outside mirror defroster BWI UG g PARE EE EE E E E 2 33 Headlight and turn signal switch 066 2 34 Xenon headlights cccecceceeccecceceecees 2 34 Headlight SWItCH cceccecceccecceceeceecees 2 35 Turn signal switch
413. sted below a Select the Answer key on the dis play and push the ENTER button b Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel c Push the button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the fol lowing displayed on the screen Answer Accept an incoming call to talk On Hold Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the fol lowing procedures listed below a Select the Hang up key on the dis play and push the ENTER button b Push the PHONE button on the instru ment panel c Push the button on the steering wheel Phone p o EUT JE Use Handset JE Mute Tiree i R 0 17 Call in Progress ENSROF A5504T During a call There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary Hang up Finish the call Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone Mute Mute your voice to the person Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Keypad Send a dial tone to the caller for using network services such as voice mail Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on th
414. stem e CDs without MP3 WMA files e Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hy brid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs e Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA specification in CD Extras e First session of multisession disc The optional in trunk CD changer cannot record music to the hard disk Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard disk 4 46 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE If the hard disk needs to be replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased QO O s s th 1 XXXXXX 2 XXXXXX 3 XXXXXX 4 XXXXXX 1 DISC RPT 5 XXXXXX 6 XXXXXX ES ee E XXXXXXXXXX 0 22 i i Recording songs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing CDs refer to Compact Disc CD changer operation earlier in this section 2 Select the REC key using the INFINITI controller and push the ENTER button The system starts recording the track being played and REC CD appears on the screen If the title information of the track being recorded is stored either in the hard disk drive or in the CD the title is automati 1 XXXXXX 2 XXXXXX 3 XXXXXX Q E XXXXXXXXXX 0 22 4 XXXXXX 1 DISC RPT 5 XXXXXX REC CD J 5 12 6 XXXXXX O C cally displayed on the screen For title ac quisition from the hard disk drive music recognition
415. stem 1 35 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system S SS0132B 4A WARNING The supplemental front air bags ordi narily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower severity frontal collision Always wear your Seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not in flate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is un occupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the supplemental front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the INFINITI ad vanced air bag system if you are unre strained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death ina crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The advanced air bag system monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure
416. stem Without navigation system 1 AM FM SAT band select button 1 RADIO AM FM band select button 2 DISC AUX button 2 DISC button 4 40 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER For all operation precautions see Audio operation precautions earlier in this sec tion The satellite radio mode will be skipped un less an optional satellite receiver and an tenna are installed and an XM or SIRIUS satellite radio service subscription is active Satellite radio is not available in Alaska Ha waii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activa tion signal after subscribing to the XM or SIRIUS satellite radio provider After re ceiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The radio has an FM diversity reception system which employs two antennas printed on the rear window This system automatically switches to the antenna which is receiving less interference The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automati cally in both radio reception and CD play back ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which w
417. stem is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The INFINITI advanced air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front pas senger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer Other supplemental front air bag precautions 4A WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instrument panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may be come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy ob jects on the seat that will leave perma nent impressions in the seat Such ob jects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious per sonal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also
418. straint near the seat belt path and use force to push the child restraint from side to side and tug it forward to make sure that it is securely held in place It should not move more than 1 in 25 mm If it does move more than 1 in 25 mm pull again on the shoulder belt to further tighten the child re straint If you are unable to properly secure the restraint move the re straint to another rear seating position and try again or try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system all types of vehicles 7 Check that the retractor is in the auto matic locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more seat belt webbing out of the retractor the re tractor is in the automatic locking mode 8 Check to make sure that the child re straint is properly secured prior to each use If the belt is not locked re peat steps 3 through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the automatic locking mode child restraint mode is canceled BOOSTER SEATS PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS 4A WARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Fail ure to use a child restraint or booster seat can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It
419. swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the ve hicle to avoid obstacles 4A WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping distances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors elec tric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in di agnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunc tion If the computer senses a malfunc tion it switches the ABS off and illumi nates the ABS warning light on the instru ment panel The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illu minates during the self test or while driv ing have the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer Starting and driving 5 49 Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actua tor rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may
420. switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passen ger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See Seat belts in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section for precautions on seat belt usage 2 18 Instruments and controls Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supple mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt are opera tional If any of the following conditions occur the supplemental front air bag supple mental side air bag supplemental curtain side impact air bag and pre tensioner seat belt needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest INFINITI dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes in
421. t If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surfaces with water 4A WARNING Use only new fluid Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stop ping ability Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genu ine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine Nissan Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid is added frequently the system should be thoroughly checked by an INFINITI dealer 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself 4A WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed con tainer Old inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the clutch system e Be sure to clean filler cap before re moving AX CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted surfaces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water WINDOW WASHER FLUID 4A WARNING Antifreeze is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked containers out of the reach of children Add fluid when the low washer fluid warning light illuminates Pull up the res ervoir tank cap and add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season a
422. t belt usage later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could unknowingly ac tivate switches or controls Unattended Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system children could become involved in se rious accidents FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The seat motor has an auto reset over load protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 sec onds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See Automatic drive positioner in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for automatic drive positioner op eration Forward and backward Moving the switch 1 forward or back ward will slide the seat forward or back ward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch 2 backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help ob tain proper seat belt fit See Precautions on seat belt usage later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked Seat lifter Push
423. t cruise control ICC system Preview MUNI CIION eena a ER 5 41 Intelligent Key system sesssssessseessseessseessseessseeo 3 8 Battery replacement csscccssssceceeeecees 8 23 Key Operating range cccsccccsssccsssceeeeees 3 8 Key operation sessessssosseoseesseosseosseossesseeo 3 10 Warning light seessseesseesseseeeseeessresscessesesee 2 16 Warning signalS ssssssessessessesseesesscoseeseesee 3 12 Intelligent Key warning light ssesssessesssessseesse 2 16 Interior light control switch esssessssesssseessseessee 2 57 Interior light replacement sssesssseessseessseessseeess 8 26 Interior lightS ssessseeseeessesscessecseressceseesseesseees 2 56 Interior trunk lid release sssessssessseessseessseess 3 19 ISOFIX child restraint esseessseessseesssecssseessseees 1 18 J Jump starting ssseessesssessseessesseesseosseosscossesseesseoo 6 8 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry T E E 3 14 Keys Intelligent Key ssccccccccssesssssseseeecees 3 2 Keys For Intelligent Key system ccssescees 3 8 L Labels Air bag warning labels ccccseeceeesceees 1 49 Air conditioner specification label 9 11 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine Serial number scsicdessciccacdeciciccecnsceres 9 10 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 10 Tire and Loading Information label 8 30 9 11 Vehicle identification number VIN
424. t the None Add New key from the name list of the phonebook and push the ENTER button Please start pairing from your 4 62 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems E Settings gt Phonebook Enter Data by Keypad 2 Copy from Downloaded Phonebook g Copy from Outgoing Call Logs Copy from Incoming Call Logs Transfer via Bluetooth q Biz E j lt 4 Select the Transfer via Bluetooth key and push the ENTER button in or der to register your cellular phone memory in the phonebook 5 Operate the cellular phone to send a person s name and phone number from the memory of the cellular phone The memory sending proce dure from the cellular phone varies ac cording to each cellular phone manu facturer See the cellular phone Own er s Manual for more details 6 After the memory is registered in the phonebook the system will ask if you Settings gt Transfer via Bluetooth m y Add a voicetag Yes want to add a voice tag for it If you want to add a voice tag select YES on the Add a voicetag screen For example if the partners name is David speak David after a tone while the Store voicetag screen is on the display The David voice tag is stored in the phonebook Voice tag is a useful function for easy dialing supported by the voice recognition system See INFINITI Voice Recogni tion System later in this section When the pho
425. tain the speed up to the set speed Pay attention to the driving op eration to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this oc curs you will have to manually control the vehicle speed aA EN ACCEL COA ST SE Intelligent cruise control switch The system is operated by a MAIN switch and four control switches all mounted on the steering wheel 1 RESUME ACCELERATE switch Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally SET COAST switch Sets desired cruise speed reduces speed incrementally CANCEL switch Deactivates the system erasing the set speed without DISTANCE switch Changes the vehicle s following dis tance e Long e Middle e Short MAIN switch Master switch to activate the system CRUISE Intelligent cruise control system display and indicators The display is located between the speed ometer and tachometer 1 2 3 MAIN switch indicator Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance be Starting and driving 5 27 tween vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch 4 Indicates your vehicle Set vehicle speed indicator CRUISE Indicates the set vehicle speed For Canadian models the speed is displayed in
426. tane rating sseessesessessesseeseeseeseeseees 9 3 Fuel recommendation scccsssccssscceeecees 9 3 Fuel filler Cap cssssccccssssccesseeceeesscceeeescs 3 20 Fuel filler dOOT essssesssssseesseossesseeseeeseecsseesee 3 20 UNE E E T E T 2 9 FUSES E E 8 22 Fusible linkS ssssesssseessseessseessssessseesssscesseeeesee 8 22 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal TANS COIN GD sssacceaciasacureaniasestneutrasnaieumcastweasnneass 2 59 AG SA ences a create eateae vanes rin n EE aea 3 20 GAUSS EE NA O E O O 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 8 Fuel gaUgZe essessseseeesecesscesecssecseecrscessesseesseee 2 9 Odometer ssseesseeesseeessecessecossecossecossecesseeoo 2 7 Speedometer ssssssseeeessssseesssssecessssecesssseee 2 7 Tachometer scyiccasaseausisasavesaninaneveadetaausaasacianans 2 8 Trip COMP CEE sccaveutivntetwatsvisciateiiatexavetssiauis 2 27 General Maintenance sssecccsseeccessecceeeceees 8 2 Glove OK reseno ersa ARN REENA ORT 2 48 H Hands Free Phone System Bluetooth 4 58 Hard disk drive audio system Music Box 4 46 Hazard warning flasher SWitch sseccssscees 2 40 Head restraintS seeesseeesseeessscessseossscessscesseeeos 1 5 Headlights Aiming control See adaptive front lighting system AES wiecsisecsosedansteranieabeactenscevedaeends 2 37 Bulb replacement sssessssesssseessseessscessseee 8 26 Headlight switch eessssss
427. tas 5 45 Brake SYSTE sisireeisreredciiteini seVe E n Narnii 5 45 Braking precautionS ssesseseessseseeseessesse 5 45 Brake BASSI Sl vsascsscsinsavesssvesdasessxdsnsctsarsvedseracsssexes 5 46 Brake assist ccccccccccceccccccccceccceccecscescs 5 46 Preview function Intelligent Cruise Control system equipped models 5 46 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 49 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 50 Four Wheel Active Steer 4WAS system if so equipped ssesesssseseesecesescsceseecscesesercesesorcsseso 5 52 Cold weather driving Freeing a frozen door lock Draining of coolant water Tir equipment cdeseccetussetwccsesswceccasreccesseceness 5 53 Special winter equipment sesssssssoseseese 5 53 Driving ON SNOW OF C ssssssesssesceseeesscceeee 5 53 Engine block heater if so equipped 5 54 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING 4A WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could acci dentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent operation of the ve hicle Also on hot sunny days tempera tures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or ani mals Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in t
428. te only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON po sition Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror 4 then adjust using the control switch 2 Defrosting outside mirrors if so equipped The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper ated 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it to ward the rear of the vehicle AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has three features e Entry exit function Automatic Trans mission models e Seat synchonization function e Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION Automatic Transmission models This system is designed so that the driv er s seat and steering column will auto matically move when the automatic trans mission selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily Note that the function is set to disabled as the factory default setting The driver s seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when one of the following is operated e When the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position after the driver s door is closed e When the ign
429. ted or a wheel is replaced tire pressure will not be indi cated the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Contact your INFINITI dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the front and rear Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON po sition the master warning light illumi nates if any of the following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning e Parking brake release warning e Door trunk open warning See Dot matrix crystal liquid display later in this section Instruments and controls 2 17 Preview Function warning light Orange if so equipped The light comes on if there is a malfunc tion in the Brake Assist with Preview Function system Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition
430. ted with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps Supported media CD CD R CD RW CF bit rate cannot be played CD CD R CD RW 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be 1S09660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet played Supported file systems 1509660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported 3 Available codes depend on what kind CompactFlash card of media versions and information are FAT12 FAT16 FAT32 going to be displayed MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 4 When VBR files are played the play 8 kHz 48 kHz she als may not be displayed cor Supported ver 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only With navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder ote With navigation system 128 characters Text character number limitation Without navigation system 64 characters 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little En dian sions 1 sn sna WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 WMA 2 Folder levels Displayable character codes 3 Monitor climate audio phone and voice r
431. termittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supple mental Restraint Systems and or the pre tensioner seat belt may not function prop erly For additional information see Supple mental restraint system in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental re straint system section 4A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the supplemental front air bag supplemental side air bag cur tain side impact air bag systems and or pre tensioner seat belt will not operate in an ac cident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS AFS Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the Adaptive Front lighting System AFS indicator light will illumi nate The light will turn off in about 1 sec ond if the AFS is operational This light also comes on when the AFS is turned off by pushing the OFF side of the AFS switch If the AFS indicator light blinks it may in dicate the AFS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by an INFINITI dealer See Adaptive Front lighting System AFS later in this section P 1 Automatic transmission position indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position th
432. the center of your ears 4A WARNING e Always adjust the head restraints prop erly as specified in the previous section Failure to do so can reduce the effective ness of the active head restraint e Active head restraints are designed to supplement other safety systems Al ways wear seat belts No system can 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system prevent all injuries in any accident e Do not attach anything to the head re straint stalks Doing so could impair ac tive head restraint function The active head restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback re ceives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head re straint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active head restraints are effective for col lisions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active head restraints operate only in cer tain rear end collisions After the colli sion the head restraints return to their original positions Properly adjust the active head restraints as described in the previous section SSS0678 ARMREST Rear armrest Pull the armrest forward until it is hori zontal Trunk pass through The rear center seatback can be folded to allow trunk access from inside of the ve hicle To access the trunk pu
433. the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 TypeA Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides to the driver Type A Push the front 4 or back 2 end of the switch to adjust the seat lumbar area Type B Type B Move the lever up or down to adjust the seat lumbar area 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Side support if so equipped The side support feature provides thigh and torso supports Push the switch in side 1 or outside 2 to adjust the thigh area Push the switch inside G or out side 4 to adjust the torso area HEAD RESTRAINT 4A WARNING Head restraints should be adjusted properly as they may provide significant protection against injury in an accident Do not remove them Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Thigh extension if so equipped Adjustment The front portion of the front seats can be To raise the head restraint pull it up extended forward for seating comfort Pull up and hold the lever 4 to extend the To lower push the lock knob 4 and push front portion to the desired position the head restraint down Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 Adjust the head restraint so the center is Active head restraint front seats level with
434. the headlight switch is in the OFF po sition Battery saver system When the headlight switch is in the spa OF ZO position while the igni tion switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 min utes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the zpa or ZD position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position CAUTION When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights automatically turn off the lights will not turn off automati cally Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the ve hicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended pe riods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illuminate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the zpqaz position Turn the headlight switch to the Z gt position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime run ning lights illuminate once the parking brake is re
435. the intake air will be controlled automati cally Air flow control Pushing an air flow control button manu ally controls the air flow and selects the air outlet to the following settings Air flows from center and side ventilators vv Air flows from center and side ventilators and foot outlets wv Air flows mainly from foot outlets Wee Air flows from defroster and foot outlets To turn the system off Push the OFF button M SIC2768 The sunload sensor A on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant tempera ture Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The climate control system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and venti lates efficiently replace the filter in accor dance with the maintenance schedule in the INFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide To replace the filter contact an INFINITI dealer The filter should be replaced if air flow is extremely decreased or when windows fog up easily when operating heater or air con ditioning system SERVICING CLIMATE CONTROL The climate control system in your INFINITI is charged with a refrigerant de signed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equip ment and lubricant are required when ser vicing your INFINITI air conditioner Using improper ref
436. the vehicle When the Intelligent Key is near the ve hicle such as in your pocket or bag it al lows the vehicle to be locked unlocked or started It is also possible to use the remote control entry function 4X CAUTION Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelli gent Key inside The Intelligent Key may not function correctly depending on the environ ment or operating conditions It could also malfunction if you do not use it correctly The Intelligent Key transmits faint radio waves In the following situations the Intelli gent Key and remote control entry func tions may not operate correctly and you may have to use the mechanical key or 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments when there are strong signals coming from a television tower power station or broadcasting sta tion when you have wireless equipment or a cellular phone with you when the Intelligent Key is in con tact with or covered by a metallic material when radio wave type remote con trol entry is used nearby when the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer The Intelligent Key continually con sumes battery power as the key re ceives a signal to communicate with the vehicle Battery life is about 2 years although it varies depending on the operating conditions If the Intelligent Key receives strong signal over an
437. they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously in jured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and pre vent children s access to Intelligent Keys 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments TRUNK LID RELEASE SWITCH The trunk lid release switch is located on the instrument panel To open the trunk lid push the release switch down as illustrated To close push the trunk lid down You can open the trunk lid with Intelligent Key Refer to Intelligent Key system or Intelligent remote control system earlier in this section TRUNK OPEN REQUEST SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk open request switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob posi tion See Intelligent Key system earlier in this section TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position a the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid release switch the trunk open request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you or the TRUNK button on the Intel ligent Key When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the
438. tion essesseesseosssosscossesseesseosseoss 8 36 Types of tif S esseessseeesseessseessseessseesssseess 8 34 Uniform tire quality grading eessseessseess 9 17 Wheel tire Size sssssessessesssossssessessssseoseoseo 9 8 Wheels and tireS ssseesseeesseeesseeessseesssees 8 28 Top tether strap child restraints 1 20 Touch screen system sesseesssssseosscossesseesseosseoss 4 5 Towing Flat tOWwIng esessssssseeseeeseeessccseesseeseeesecesseesee 9 16 Tow truck towing essseesseseseseecsscessceseeseeees 6 11 Towing a trailer esssesseeesseeseessecseeesecesecesee 9 16 Towing load specification chart 9 16 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 6 2 Trailer tOWINg eesseeeseeeseesecesseoserosscoseesseeseeerseess 9 16 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver ssessssssseeseessesseesseooseesseeseesseeoseeese 2 59 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 12 Driving with automatic transmission 5 10 Driving with manual transmission 5 15 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 14 Transmitter See remote keyless entry BS LEM PEE EE E E E 3 14 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUNTY cccceccdasacticactatietasucdadanessarsadutiedwerseaueiesediens 9 9 Trip cCOmpUtEr aeememereernr wrererrn rer deseta rrr 2 27 Trip OCOM GLEN wesssaticssssrsatcisimiscapeisouaenisatuewieters 2 27 Trunk Interior trunk lid release 3 19 ET
439. tion function For Automatic Transmission models the seat synchronization function can also be activated if both the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key and Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key are turned to ON or canceled if either the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key or both are turned to OFF in the Comfort amp Conv settings See VEHICLE INFOR MATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive posi tioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Automatic transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park position Manual transmission models Move the shift lever to the 1st or R Re verse position and the parking brake is applied 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON po sition 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors to the de sired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see Seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sec tion and Tilting telescopic steering column and Outside mirrors earlier in this section 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 sec onds push the memory switch 1 or 2 fully for at least 1 second
440. tion system can help guide you However road and traffic conditions may require you to change your route Drive safety and obey all laws Push ENTER to accept START UP SCREEN models with navigation system When you push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the SYSTEM START UP warning is displayed on the screen When you read and agree with the warning push the ENTER button If you do not push the ENTER button you will not be able to use the NAVI system To proceed to the NAVI system refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual START MENU The start menu can be displayed using the ENTER switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the map if equipped or status screen is displayed push and hold the ENTER switch until the Menu Op tions screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item tilting the ENTER switch up or down and then push the ENTER switch FOI Menu Options Destination Route Information Settings Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system If your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for details Information Displays the information screen It is the Same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that a
441. to child restraint installation using the ve hicle seat belts in the rear seat or the front passenger Seat SSS0640 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed ina front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child re straints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat 2 Position the child restraint on the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 25 seat Always follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint front passenger seat only to obtain the correct child restraint fit See Head restraint in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child re straint is removed If the seating posi tion does not have an adjustable head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child re straint e on pea SA SSS0360B Front facing step 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the chil
442. tor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 pleting it you can say Cancel or Quit at anytime the system is waiting for a re sponse The system will end the VR ses sion Whenever the VR session is can celed a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Cor rection anytime the system is waiting for a response When you get used to the menus in the system you can talk ahead by saying more than one command at a time For example say Call five five five one two one two or Memo pad record Also when you get used to the system re sponses you can skip ahead to the tone by pressing the yw button on the steer ing wheel However if you press the WC button when the system is waiting for a response from you it will end the VR session Call m Y BL f C Exit Phone Mode me Exit Phone Mode Call lt Name gt speak name If you have stored entries in the Phone Book you can dial a number associated with a name and location See Phone book later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry you wish to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated 4 72 Monitor climate audio phone and voice recognition systems with the name the system asks you to
443. ulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing are found the entire belt assembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS 4A WARNING Infants and small children should al ways be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Fail ure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Infants and small children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seri ously injure or kill your child A rear facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat INFINITI recommends that the child re straint be installed in the rear seat Ac cording to accident statistics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a front facing child
444. umber and location of an INFINITI dealer in your area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Center at 1 800 361 4792 and a bilingual INFINITI representative will assist you Also available are genuine INFINITI Ser vice and Owners Manuals for older INFINITI models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important information you should know Many insur ance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to INFINITI s original ex acting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine INFINITI Collision Parts INFINITI does not warrant non INFINITI parts nor does INFINITI s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help pro tect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the re sale value of your vehicle And if your ve hicle was leased using Genuine INFINITI Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease INFINITI designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your ve hicle in an accident Non g
445. umer informa tion section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES See Tire and Loading Information label af fixed to the driver s side center pillar NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations outlined in the Break in schedule Infor mation found in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the fu ture reliability and economy of your new vehicle O N Engine oil P 8 9 Meters and gauges P 2 6 Hood release P 3 17 Seat P 1 2 Seat belt P 1 8 Door lock P 3 5 Engine coolant P 8 8 Windshield washer fluid P 8 14 Battery P 8 15 Air conditioner P 4 25 Audio system P 4 32 Fuel filler door release P 3 20 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 Spare tire P 6 2
446. up the vehicle more than nec 3k re essary The spare tire is located under the jacking n tools Remove the cap 2 holding the e Never use blocks on or under the jack spare tire e Do not start or run the engine while ve hicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true 6 4 In case of emergency for vehicles with limited slip differen tials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions 1 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head be tween the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground In case of emergency 6 5 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Re move the wheel nuts and then re move the tire 6 6 Incase of emergency Installing the spare tire The T type spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructi
447. ur confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e grasp the shoulder belt and pull for ward quickly The retractor should lock and restrict further belt movement If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about belt operation see an INFINITI dealer 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts The center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark a The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Shoulder belt height adjustment front seats The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See Precautions on seat belt usage ear lier in this section 4A WARNING e After adjustment release the adjust ment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position e The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effective ness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident SSS0294A To adjust push the button a and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the de sired position so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Re lease the butt
448. ures are set forth in the appropriate INFINITI Service Manual In correct disposal procedures could cause personal injury The front seat pre tensioner seat belt sys tem activates in conjunction with the supplemental air bag systems Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be comes involved in certain types of colli sions helping to restrain front seat occu pants The pre tensioner is encased with the seat belt s retractor These seat belts are used the same as conventional seat belts When the pre tensioner seat belt acti vates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly If any abnormality occurs in the pre tensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the igni tion switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pre tensioner seat belt may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest INFINITI dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pre tensioner seat belt system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS0330 S
449. ut tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not originally specified by INFINITI could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety In formation US or Tire Safety Informa tion Canada in the Warranty Informa 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself tion Booklet All season tires INFINITI specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road condi tions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have bet ter snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some ar eas Summer tires INFINITI specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions INFINITI recom mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEA SON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating t
450. vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves Push the ignition switch to the OFF po sition POWER STEERING 4A WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steer ing will not work Steering will be much harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hy draulic pump driven by the engine to as sist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed especially in sharp turns or at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hy draulic circuits If one circuit malfunc tions you will still have braking at two wheels You may feel a small click and hear a sound when the brake pedal is fully de pressed slowly This is not a malfunction and means the brake assist mechanism is operating properly Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot pres sure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping dis tance will be longer When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed
451. ver up securely to lock the steering wheel in place SUN VISORS For more information see Automatic drive positioner later in this section ELECTRIC OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 4 amp CAUTION e Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor e Do not pull the extension sun visor forc edly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor 1 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 3 Draw out the extension sun visor 3 from the main sun visor to block from further glare 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the in side mirror to the desired position Manual anti glare type The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours 4A WARNING Use the night position only when
452. w washer fluid sesessseesssessssessssecsssecssee 8 14 Window s Cleaning soueaticcesseiaveeiaaeaeeoeiaseterais 7 3 Power WINdOWS ccccessesseccceesssceceeaaeesees 2 52 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 32 Wiper bladeS sssesssseessseessseessseesssecssseesss 8 19 X Xenon headlightS essseseessssseessssseeessssecesssese 2 34 10 7 MEMO 10 8 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION INFINITI recommends the use of unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 93 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 98 If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail able you may use unleaded regular gaso line with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 but you may notice a decrease in perfor mance A amp A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission con trol systems and may also affect war ranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system components and is not covered by the INFINITI vehicle limited warranty For additional information see Capaci ties and recommended fuel lubricants in the 9 Technical and cons
453. y The SET indicator on the dot matrix crystal e Be sure the parking brake is fully re leased before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an display will then blink to warn the accident driver e Do not release the parking brake from e If the engine coolant temperature be outside the vehicle comes excessively high the cruise control system will be canceled auto e Do not use the gear shift in place of the matically parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged e f the SET indicator blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and e Donot leave children unattended in a ve have the system checked by your Manual transmission models hicle They could release the parking INFINITI dealer To apply Pull the parking brake lever up brake and cause an accident e The SET indicator may sometimes blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the To release RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or 1 Firmly apply the foot brake CANCEL switch To properly set the cruise control system perform the 2 Place the shift lever in the N Neutral steps below in the order indicated position 3 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button 2 and lower the lever completely G 4 Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out Starting and driving 5 17 4A WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving un der the follow
454. y also contact INFINITI Contact infor mation is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a supplemental front air bag in flates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condi tion should get fresh air promptly Supplemental front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with INFINITI advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The supple mental front air bags inflate quickly in or der to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system bag inflating can increase the risk of in jury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during infla tion The air bag will deflate quickly after a col lision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After
455. ystem will not function Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or in volved in an accident 4A WARNING The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first oppor tunity to avoid possible tire or differen tial damage Drive carefully while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire inflation pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pres sure for standard tires as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Informa tion label in the index of this manual With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not us
456. ze coolant solution The anti freeze solution contains rust and corro sion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not neces Sary 4A WARNING e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid es caping from the radiator See precau tions in If your vehicle overheats found in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To prevent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN ra diator cap 4X CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant green or equivalent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 anti freeze and 50 demineralized water distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage your engine cooling system Outside temperature down to Demineral ized water or distilled water CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN 2 open the reservoir tank cap and add coolant up to the MAX 1 level If the reservoir tank is empty check the coolant level in the ra diator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler open

2007 Infiniti G35 Sedan Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents